Table of Contents

Advertisement

2024 GRAND WAGONEER / WAGONEER
OWNER'S MANUAL

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the Wagoneer 2024 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Tata
May 9, 2025

Where’s the button for defogger

1 comments:
Mr. Anderson
May 19, 2025

The defogger button in the 2024 Jeep Wagoneer is located on the touchscreen or can be activated by pushing the toggle switch on the faceplate down.

This answer is automatically generated

Thomas Mohan
March 10, 2025

The shifting dial and levers that are to control type of surface and height off the ground. The surface and height levers are not working

1 comments:
Mr. Anderson
March 10, 2025

If the shifting dial and levers for surface type and height adjustment are not working on a 2024 Jeep Wagoneer, possible issues could include:

1. Electronic Malfunction – A failure in the vehicle’s electronic control system may prevent these components from functioning.
2. Power Loss – A blown fuse, disconnected wiring, or battery issues could disrupt power to these controls.
3. Software Glitch – The vehicle’s system may need a reset by cycling the ignition or performing a software update.
4. Mechanical Failure – A stuck or damaged shifting mechanism or height adjustment system may require inspection.

If these controls remain unresponsive, the vehicle should be inspected by a qualified technician.

This answer is automatically generated

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Summary of Contents for Jeep Wagoneer 2024

  • Page 1 2024 GRAND WAGONEER / WAGONEER OWNER’S MANUAL...
  • Page 2 V e h i c l e i m a g e s a r e f o r i l l u s t r a t i o n p u r p o s e s o n l y . A c t u a l p r o d u c t s s o l d m a y v a r y .
  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ................7 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE .
  • Page 4 DOORS ......25 DRIVER ADJUSTABLE PEDALS — IF EQUIPPED ..47 INTRODUCTION Manual Door Locks .
  • Page 5 Multicolor Ambient Lighting — If Equipped . . . 55 Adjustable Power Liftgate Height ..77 STARTING AND OPERATING Illuminated Entry — If Equipped ..55 Hands-Free Liftgate —...
  • Page 6 QUADRA-LIFT — IF EQUIPPED ... . 118 TRAILER TOWING ....154 Semi-Automatic ParkSense Active Park Assist — Description .
  • Page 7 OCCUPANT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS ..224 Audio And Video ....189 Using The Video USB Port .
  • Page 8 MANUAL PARK RELEASE ....268 Fuses ..... . . 288 Ethanol .
  • Page 9: Introduction

    INTRODUCTION Dear Customer, Congratulations on the purchase of your new Wagoneer/Grand Wagoneer. Be assured that it represents precision workmanship, distinctive styling, and high quality. The Wagoneer/Grand Wagoneer is a specialized utility vehicle. It can go places and perform tasks that are not intended for conventional passenger vehicles. It handles and maneuvers differently from many passenger vehicles both on-road and off-road, so take time to become familiar with your vehicle.
  • Page 10: Introduction Important Notice

    INTRODUCTION IMPORTANT NOTICE SYMBOLS KEY ALL MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS PUBLICATION IS BASED ON THE LATEST INFORMA- TION AVAILABLE AT THE TIME OF PUBLICATION APPROVAL. THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO WARNING! These statements apply to operating pro- PUBLISH REVISIONS AT ANY TIME. cedures that could result in a collision, After you have read the Owner’s Manual, it should be stored in the vehicle for conve- bodily injury and/or death.
  • Page 11: Rollover Warning

    INTRODUCTION ROLLOVER WARNING VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS/ALTERATIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. This vehicle has a higher ground clearance and a higher center of gravity than many pas- WARNING! senger vehicles. It is capable of performing better in a wide variety of off-road applica- Any modifications or alterations to this vehicle could seriously affect its roadworthi- tions.
  • Page 12 INTRODUCTION Red Warning Lights Red Warning Lights Door Open Warning Light Liftgate Open Warning Light page 97 page 98 Night Vision Animal Detected Warning Light Drowsy Driver Detected Warning Light page 97 page 98 Electric Power Steering (EPS) Fault Warning Light Night Vision Pedestrian Detected Warning Light page 97 page 98...
  • Page 13 INTRODUCTION Red Warning Lights Yellow Warning Lights Seat Belt Reminder Warning Light Drowsy Driver Detected System Fault Warning Light page 98 page 99 Speed Warning Light Electric Park Brake Warning Light page 98 page 99 Transmission Temperature Warning Light Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Active Warning Light page 98 page 99 Vehicle Security Warning Light...
  • Page 14 INTRODUCTION Yellow Warning Lights Yellow Warning Lights Fuel Cutoff Failure Warning Light Oil Level Sensor Fault Warning Light page 100 page 100 Service 4WD Warning Light Low Fuel Warning Light page 100 page 100 Low Washer Fluid Warning Light Service Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Warning Light page 100 page 101 Service Forward Collision Warning (FCW) Or Pedestrian Emergency...
  • Page 15 INTRODUCTION Yellow Warning Lights Yellow Indicator Lights Towing Hook Breakdown Warning Light Air Suspension Off-Road 2 Indicator Light page 102 page 102 Yellow Indicator Lights Auto HOLD! Fault Indicator Light page 102 4WD Low Indicator Light page 102 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) / Pedestrian Emergency Braking (PEB) Off Indicator Light page 102 Air Suspension Active Indicator Light...
  • Page 16 INTRODUCTION Green Indicator Lights Green Indicator Lights Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Set With Target Indicator Light Intelligent Speed Assist (ISA) Set Indicator Light page 103 page 103 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Set With No Target Detected Indicator Night Vision Active Indicator Light Light page 103 page 103...
  • Page 17 INTRODUCTION White Indicator Lights White Indicator Lights Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Ready Indicator Light Selec-Speed Control Indicator Light page 104 page 104 Blue Indicator Lights Cruise Control Ready Indicator Light page 104 High Beam Indicator Light page 104 Hill Descent Control (HDC) Indicator Light page 104 Gray Indicator Lights Intelligent Speed Assist (ISA) Ready Indicator Light...
  • Page 18: Getting To Know Your Vehicle

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE KEYS For more information on ignition positions, see page 20. NOTE: KEY FOB A low key fob battery condition may be indicated by a Your vehicle is equipped with a key fob which supports message in the instrument cluster display, or by the Passive Entry, Remote Keyless Entry (RKE), Keyless LED light on the key fob.
  • Page 19: Air Suspension (Remote Lowering Of The Vehicle) - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • All doors can be programmed to unlock on the first The following conditions must be met for the vehicle to Perchlorate Material — special handling may apply. push of the unlock button through Uconnect Settings lower remotely: •...
  • Page 20 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: 4. Remove the battery by using your thumb to slide the battery downward and back toward the key ring. When replacing the battery, ensure the (+) sign on the battery is facing upward. Avoid touching the new battery with your fingers.
  • Page 21: Sentry Key

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE After placing the ignition in the ON/RUN position, the WARNING! WARNING! Vehicle Security Light will turn on for three seconds for • a bulb check. If the light remains on after the bulb For vehicles equipped with Keyless Enter ‘n Go™ •...
  • Page 22: Ignition Switch

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE ON/RUN IGNITION SWITCH WARNING! • Driving position • • When exiting the vehicle, always remove the key All electrical devices are available (e.g. climate con- KEYLESS ENTER ‘N GO™ IGNITION fob from the vehicle and lock your vehicle. trols, heated seats, etc.) •...
  • Page 23: Remote Start - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • • For more information on the engine starting proce- HOW TO USE REMOTE START Hazard switch off dure, see page 106. • Brake switch inactive (brake pedal not pressed) Push and release the Remote Start button on the key •...
  • Page 24: Remote Start Front Defrost Activation

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE The Remote Start system will turn the engine off if the REMOTE START COMFORT For more information on ATC, MTC, and climate control Remote Start button on the key fob is pushed again, or settings, see page 57.
  • Page 25: Vehicle Security System - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • The instrument cluster display message stays active 3. If any doors are open, close them. If Passive Entry (if equipped) is used to unlock the until the ignition is placed in the ON/RUN position. liftgate, the Vehicle Security system is disarmed and When the Vehicle Security system is armed, the Vehicle the rest of the vehicle doors will remain locked...
  • Page 26: Security System Manual Override

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM MANUAL 3. Perform one of the following methods to lock the TO DISARM THE SYSTEM vehicle: OVERRIDE The Vehicle Security system can be disarmed using any ○ Push lock on the interior power door lock switch of the following methods: The Vehicle Security system will not arm if you lock the with the driver and/or passenger door open.
  • Page 27: Security System Manual Override

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: The Vehicle Security system is designed to protect your vehicle; however, you can create conditions where the • The emergency lock lever is only accessible when system will give you a false alarm. If one of the previ- the door is open.
  • Page 28: Power Side Steps - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • POWER SIDE STEPS — IF EQUIPPED The key fob may not be detected by the vehicle Pas- sive Entry system if it is located next to a mobile The Power Side Steps will extend for easier entry and phone, laptop or other electronic device;...
  • Page 29 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To Lock The Vehicle’s Doors And Liftgate door automatically. Grabbing the front passenger door There are five situations that trigger a FOBIK-Safe handle (or a rear handle when equipped with four-door search in any Passive Entry vehicle: With one of the vehicle’s Passive Entry key fobs within Passive Entry) will unlock all doors and the liftgate •...
  • Page 30: Automatic Unlock Doors On Exit

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: To Lock The Liftgate CHILD-PROTECTION DOOR LOCK • After touching the door handle lock icon, you must With a valid Passive Entry key fob within 5 ft (1.5 m) of SYSTEM — REAR DOORS wait two seconds before you can lock or unlock the the liftgate, push the Passive Entry lock button located doors using any Passive Entry door handle.
  • Page 31: Steering Wheel

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • After engaging the Child-Protection Door Lock sys- HEATED STEERING WHEEL — tem, always test the door from the inside to make IF EQUIPPED certain it is in the locked position. The steering wheel contains a heating ele- ment that helps warm your hands in cold WARNING! weather.
  • Page 32: Driver And Passenger Memory Settings

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: The memory settings switches are located on the front WARNING! door panels, next to the door handle, and consists of • Your vehicle is equipped with two key fobs, each can two or three buttons, depending on trim level: •...
  • Page 33: Linking And Unlinking The Key Fob To Memory

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: 3. Press memory button (1) or (2) for two or more sec- A recall can be canceled by pushing any of the memory onds. The instrument cluster display will indicate buttons during a recall, or by pushing any of the seat Your key fobs can be unlinked from your driver’s side which memory position has been set.
  • Page 34: Manual Front Passenger Seat Forward/Rearward Adjustment

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! • Do not ride with the seatback reclined so that the • Adjusting a seat while driving may be dangerous. Do not ride with the seatback reclined so that the shoulder belt is no longer resting against your Moving a seat while driving could result in loss of shoulder belt is no longer resting against your chest.
  • Page 35 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: To recline the center seat, pull the recline strap located on the seatback, and move forward or backward as Prior to folding the rear seat, it may be necessary to desired. Release the strap when the desired seat posi- position the front seat to its mid-track position espe- tion has been reached.
  • Page 36 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Pull the emergency straps to fold the second row seat flat. Second Row Captain’s Chairs — If Equipped SECOND ROW CAPTAIN’S CHAIRS FORWARD/REARWARD ADJUSTMENT Lift up on the adjusting bar located at the front of the seat near the floor and release it when the seat is at the desired position.
  • Page 37 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE SECOND ROW CAPTAIN’S CHAIRS RECLINE SECOND ROW CAPTAIN’S CHAIRS FOLD FLAT WARNING! ADJUSTMENT SEATS Be certain that the seatback is securely locked into To recline, lean forward slightly and lift the lever located The second row seatbacks can be folded flat to carry position.
  • Page 38 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Emergency Straps In the event that the vehicle loses power, the Easy Entry buttons will not function. There are emergency straps located on the back of the second row outboard seats to allow the third row occupants to manually fold the seats flat to exit the vehicle.
  • Page 39: Power Adjustment Front Seats - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Adjusting The Seat Forward Or Grand Wagoneer models will be equipped with 20-way WARNING! power driver and front passenger seats. The power seat Rearward switches are located on the driver and front passenger Be certain that the seatback is securely locked into The seat can be adjusted both forward and rearward.
  • Page 40: Power Lumbar - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Power Lumbar — If Equipped WARNING! The front driver and passenger seats may be equipped • Adjusting a seat while driving may be dangerous. with power lumbar adjustment. Moving a seat while driving could result in loss of The Wagoneer power lumbar switch is located on the control which could cause a collision and serious outboard side of the power seat.
  • Page 41: Easy Entry/Exit Seat - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE than or equal to 2.7 inches (7 cm) forward of the WARNING! rear stop. The seat will return to its previously set position when you place the vehicle’s ignition in the • Do not place the seat belt webbing behind the ON/RUN position.
  • Page 42: Power Seat Massage - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE The angle of the seatback can be adjusted forward or rearward. Push and hold the forward or rearward but- ton. The seat will move in the direction of the button push. Release the button when the desired position is released.
  • Page 43: Heated Seats - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE The massage type and intensity level status will be syn- WARNING! chronized between the main Uconnect display and the Front Comfort And Convenience Display. Sitting in a seat that has been overheated could The selected settings will save in the system’s memory cause serious burns due to the increased surface temperature of the seat.
  • Page 44: Ventilated Seats - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Rear Ventilated Seats — If Equipped • The level of heat selected will stay on until the VENTILATED SEATS — IF EQUIPPED operator changes it. The two second row outboard seats may be Located in the seat cushion and seatback are fans that For information on use with the Remote Start system, equipped with ventilated seats.
  • Page 45: Front Head Restraints

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! • All occupants, including the driver, should not oper- ate a vehicle or sit in a vehicle’s seat until the head restraints are placed in their proper positions in order to minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash.
  • Page 46 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE The head restraint can also be adjusted both forward Grand Wagoneer front power head restraints are also and rearward. Push the head restraint switch forward or equipped with adjustable wings, located on the outer rearward. The head restraint will move in the direction left-hand and right-hand front face of the head of the switch.
  • Page 47: Head Restraints - Second Row Bench

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Head Restraints — Second Row The center head restraint has one adjustment position, WARNING! Captain’s Chairs and can be adjusted up, when the seat is occupied, or • down for storage. To adjust this head restraint, push the Head restraints should never be adjusted while the If the second row is equipped with captain’s chairs, the adjustment button, located on the base of the head...
  • Page 48: Uconnect Voice Recognition Quick Tips

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Third Row Head Restraints NOTE: BASIC VOICE COMMANDS The head restraint in the center position can be raised • The head restraints must be raised manually when The following basic voice commands can be given at and lowered for tether routing or height adjustment occupying the third row.
  • Page 49: Additional Information

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE The pedals cannot be adjusted when the vehicle is • • DRIVER ADJUSTABLE PEDALS — You can also interrupt the help message or system prompts by speaking. This feature is called “barge- in REVERSE or when the Cruise Control system or in”...
  • Page 50: Mirrors

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: MIRRORS To activate the Digital Rearview Mirror, pull the on/off control lever on the bottom of the mirror rearward • The Digital Rearview Mirror is not as effective during toward the driver. nighttime driving in low light applications due to low INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR ambient light levels.
  • Page 51: Outside Mirrors

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Sun Visor Slide-On-Rod Feature — Outside Mirrors Folding Feature OUTSIDE AUTOMATIC DIMMING If Equipped MIRROR — IF EQUIPPED All outside mirrors are hinged and may be moved either forward or rearward to resist damage. The hinges have The sun visor Slide-On-Rod feature allows for additional The exterior driver side mirror will automatically adjust three detent positions:...
  • Page 52: Power Mirrors

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Power Folding — If Equipped POWER MIRRORS AUTOMATIC POWER FOLDING To fold the door mirrors in using the Power Folding Mir- MIRRORS — IF EQUIPPED The power mirror control switch is located on the driv- ror function, rotate the control switch to the power fold- er's side door trim panel.
  • Page 53: If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: HEATED MIRRORS — IF EQUIPPED • These mirrors are heated to melt frost or ice. Your vehicle is equipped with plastic headlight and fog light (if equipped) lenses that are lighter and This feature will be activated whenever you less susceptible to stone breakage than glass lights.
  • Page 54: Daytime Running Lights (Drls) - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS detects vehicle specific light and automatically switches AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS from high beams to low beams until the approaching (DRLS) — IF EQUIPPED This system automatically turns the headlights on or off vehicle is out of view. according to ambient light levels.
  • Page 55: Headlight Illumination On Approach

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: NOTE: LIGHTS-ON REMINDER When your headlights come on during the daytime, the Proximity Wake-Up may not activate under the following If the headlights or parking lights are left on after the vehicle will monitor outside brightness and decide if the conditions: ignition is placed in the OFF position, a chime will instrument panel needs to be dimmed or not...
  • Page 56: Turn Signals

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To activate the rear fog lights, push the lower half of the LANE CHANGE ASSIST — INTERIOR LIGHTS headlight switch. To turn off the rear fog lights, push the IF EQUIPPED lower half of the headlight switch a second time. COURTESY LIGHTS Tap the multifunction lever up or down once, without NOTE:...
  • Page 57: Rear Courtesy/Reading Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Rear Courtesy/Reading Lights Five colors can be selected for the following two zones inside of the vehicle: Located above the rear passenger seating in both sec- • Zone 1: ond and third rows, along the trim, are courtesy/ ○...
  • Page 58: Windshield Wipers And Washers

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS CAUTION! • As a protective measure, the pump will stop if the The windshield wiper/washer lever is located on the Always remove any buildup of snow that prevents the switch is held for more than 20 seconds. Once the right side of the steering column.
  • Page 59: Automatic Climate Control Descriptions And Functions

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Neutral Wipe Inhibit — The Rain Sensing feature will NOTE: • RAIN SENSING WIPERS — not operate when the ignition is ON, when the trans- When the rear window washer is activated, the rear IF EQUIPPED mission gear selector is in the NEUTRAL position Back Up camera and Digital Rearview Mirror and the vehicle speed is less than 3 mph (5 km/h),...
  • Page 60 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: When the open/close button is pushed to stow the Front Comfort And Convenience Display screen, the screen will turn off and save the menu it was on prior to being stowed. Max A/C Button Press and release the MAX A/C button on the touchscreen to automatically turn the air conditioning on to the coldest temperature...
  • Page 61: Recirculation Button

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE A/C Button MAX Defrost Button CAUTION! Press and release the A/C button on the Press the MAX Defrost button on the touch- Failure to follow these cautions can cause damage to touchscreen, or push the toggle switch on screen, or push the toggle switch on the the heating elements: the faceplate down, to turn the air condition-...
  • Page 62: Sync Button

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Blower Control Tri-Mode Climate Push upward on the driver’s or passenger’s side toggle switch on the faceplate, or press Blower Control is used to regulate the Three airflow distribution modes can be selected on/off and slide the temperature bar towards the amount of air forced through the Climate individually by pressing the icons on the touchscreen red arrow button on the touchscreen for...
  • Page 63 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: NOTE: SYNC BUTTON The distribution modes on the climate control screen If equipped with a Four-Zone Climate Control system, Press the SYNC To Driver icon on the rear will also illuminate when a selection is made using the the temperature of left and right sides of the rear pas- climate control screen to turn the SYNC fea- button on the instrument panel.
  • Page 64 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Rear Climate Control Description And touchscreen for up to three combinations of airflow. The icons on the screen will illuminate when selected, Functions and turn off when deselected. The two airflow modes are: Face (panel outlets) Rear Comfort And Convenience Display Screen (If Equipped) Feet (floor outlets)
  • Page 65 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE AUTO BUTTON Use the blower button with the down arrow, or small blower icon on the touchscreen to reduce the blower Push the AUTO button below the rear climate setting. Use the blower button with the up arrow, or the control display, or if equipped, press and Feet (floor outlets) large blower icon on the touchscreen to increase the...
  • Page 66: Automatic Temperature Control (Atc)

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Summer Operation NOTE: AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE The system will not automatically sense the presence of CONTROL (ATC) The engine cooling system must be protected with a fog, mist or ice on the windshield. Defrost mode must high-quality antifreeze coolant to provide proper corro- be manually selected to clear the windshield and side Automatic Operation...
  • Page 67: Interior Storage And Equipment

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Cabin Air Filter To open the glove compartment, pull the release WEATHER CONTROL SETTINGS handle. The Climate Control system filters out dust and pollen Set the mode control to The glove compartment also has a lock cylinder that from the air.
  • Page 68: Sunglasses Bin Door

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To open the upper storage compartment, pull the slid- ing tab rearward to slide the compartment door open. Upper Storage Compartment Sliding Tab Sunglasses Bin Door Sunglasses Bin Door Rear Full Center Console — If Equipped Upper Storage Sliding Tab At the front of the console a compartment is provided The rear full center console contains both an upper and...
  • Page 69: Center Console Cooler - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE CAUTION! Remove any items stored in the console cupholders or devices with cords routing through upper storage area. Damage may occur to upper console lid and device cables when upper storage compartment is lifted forward. Phone Storage —...
  • Page 70 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE For example, if a device is plugged into the Type A USB port and another device is plugged into the Type C USB port, a message will appear and allow you to select which device to use. The following scenarios are listed as follows when a non-phone device is plugged into the smaller and larger USB ports, and when a phone device is plugged into the...
  • Page 71: Using This Feature

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE By using an auxiliary cable to connect an external If equipped, in the third rows, a set of two USB ports can device: be used to charge a device. These ports are charge only. • The audio device can be played on the vehicle’s sound system.
  • Page 72: Electrical Power Outlets

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: Charge unsupported devices with the charge only USB ports. If an unsupported device is plugged into a Media USB port, a message will display on the touchscreen that the device is not supported by the system. ELECTRICAL POWER OUTLETS Your vehicle is equipped with 12 Volt (13 Amp) power outlets that can be used to power cellular phones,...
  • Page 73: Power Inverter - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WIRELESS CHARGING PAD — CAUTION! IF EQUIPPED • Many accessories that can be plugged in draw power from the vehicle's battery, even when not in use (i.e., cellular phones, etc.). Eventually, if plugged in long enough, the vehicle's battery will discharge sufficiently to degrade battery life and/or prevent the engine from starting.
  • Page 74: Windows

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • Place the device inside the prepared area delimited in iPhone® 12 (including iPod®) is equipped with soft- CAUTION! the mat as shown in the image. Incorrect positioning ware to protect the device from overheating. When will prevent the phone from charging.
  • Page 75: Reset Auto-Up

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: Auto-Up Feature With Anti-Pinch Protection Rear Doors • For windows equipped with the AUTO feature, lift the The power window switches remain active for up to 1. Pull the window switch up to close the window com- window switch up to the second detent, and release;...
  • Page 76: Wind Buffeting

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WIND BUFFETING Wind buffeting can be described as the perception of pressure on the ears or a helicopter-type sound in the ears. Your vehicle may exhibit wind buffeting with the windows down, or the sunroof (if equipped) in certain open or partially open positions.
  • Page 77: Opening And Closing The Sunroof

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Any release of the switch during open or close opera- To close the sunshade, push CLOSE on the sunshade WARNING! tion will stop the sunroof movement in a partially open switch and release it within one-half second. •...
  • Page 78: Hood

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Ignition Off Operation — If Equipped • Before lifting the hood, check that the wiper arms are not in motion and not in the lifted position. The power sunroof switch will remain active for up to •...
  • Page 79: To Lock/Close The Liftgate

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE WARNING! Driving with the liftgate open can allow poisonous exhaust gases into your vehicle. You and your passen- gers could be injured by these fumes. Keep the lift- gate closed when you are operating the vehicle. NOTE: The liftgate can also be opened manually by pushing the electronic liftgate release handle and pulling...
  • Page 80: Hands-Free Liftgate - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Power Liftgate Malfunction Procedure: HANDS-FREE LIFTGATE — 1. In the event of a power malfunction to the liftgate, IF EQUIPPED the liftgate can be released by accessing the service release feature in the latch. This can be done using a 3 mm diameter screwdriver.
  • Page 81: Cargo Area Features

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE • The Hands-Free Liftgate feature can be activated by WARNING! any metallic object making a similar in-and-out motion under the rear fascia/bumper, such as • If you are required to drive with the liftgate open, cleaning using a metal broom.
  • Page 82: Cargo Net - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Cargo Net — If Equipped There are two crossbars equipped with your vehicle. WARNING! They are located in the rear cargo bin, stored in foam The rear cargo area may be equipped with a cargo net blocks.
  • Page 83 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE To install the crossbars, refer to the following procedure: 1. Remove the crossbars from the foam blocks. 2. Swivel the outboard stanchion on the crossbar and rotate it 180 degrees around the bolt to the open position.
  • Page 84 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE NOTE: NOTE: 3. Using the provided Torx wrench, loosen the Torx bolts on both ends of the crossbar. An indicator on the wrench will show when the fas- It is important that the screws are left loose until tener is tightened to the indicated torque specifica- both sides of the crossbar are secured to the rail.
  • Page 85: Removing The Crossbars

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE REMOVING THE CROSSBARS CAUTION! To remove the crossbars, refer to the following • To prevent damage to the roof of your vehicle, DO procedure: NOT carry any loads on the roof rack without the 1. Using the provided Torx wrench, loosen the Torx crossbars installed.
  • Page 86 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR VEHICLE Step 3 4. Repeat steps 1-3 for the second crossbar. 5. Place the crossbars back into the foam blocks in the rear cargo storage bin. WARNING! In a collision, loose crossbars in the vehicle could cause injury.
  • Page 87: Getting To Know Your Instrument Panel

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL BASE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Holding the OK button on the Instrument Cluster Display controls located on the steering wheel will allow you to change your display from Digital to Analog.
  • Page 88: Instrument Cluster Descriptions

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CAUTION! DESCRIPTIONS Driving with a hot engine cooling system could dam- age your vehicle. If the temperature gauge reads “H” 1. Speedometer pull over and stop the vehicle. Idle the vehicle with ○...
  • Page 89: Premium Instrument Cluster

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL PREMIUM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Holding the OK button on the Instrument Cluster Display controls located on the steering wheel will allow you to change your display from Digital to Analog.
  • Page 90: Instrument Cluster Descriptions

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER systems are working and give you warnings when they CAUTION! are not. The steering wheel mounted controls allow you DESCRIPTIONS to scroll through the main menus and submenus. You back into the normal range. If the pointer remains on can access the specific information you want and make the “H”, turn the engine off immediately and call an 1.
  • Page 91 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL 3. MENU Button The system allows the driver to select information by pushing the following buttons mounted on the steering Push the MENU button to access/select the infor- wheel: mation screens or submenu screens of the Home Screen display.
  • Page 92: Engine Oil Life Reset

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL 4. Push and hold the OK button to reset oil life. If con- You can customize your Instrument Cluster Display with ENGINE OIL LIFE RESET up to five tiles that may consist of the following: ditions are met, the gauge and numeric display will Oil Level update to show 100%.
  • Page 93 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Unstored Messages Until RUN • • Submenu Dots — Whenever there are submenus These pop-up messages fall into several categories: available, the position within the submenus is Five Second Stored Messages • These messages deal primarily with the Remote shown here Start feature.
  • Page 94: Instrument Cluster Display Menu Items

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Doors Open Hood Open Vehicle Speed Too High To Shift to D Liftgate Open Shift Not Allowed Vehicle Speed is Too High to Shift to R Vehicle Speed is Too High to Shift to P Service Transmission Driver Assist —...
  • Page 95 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL TRIP Vehicle Dynamics AUDIO • ○ Wheel Articulation Push and release the up or down Push and release the up or down arrow button arrow button ○ Transfer Case Status until the Trip menu title is displayed in the instrument until the Audio Menu icon/title is highlighted in the ○...
  • Page 96: Head Up Display (Hud) - If Equipped

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL • HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) — Content and Layout Upper Left or Upper Right ○ Simple: Speed, Speed Limit IF EQUIPPED ○ None Fuel Economy Compass Standard: Speed, Speed Limit, Navigation Average NOTE: Outside Temp Trip A Distance Time The HUD feature Settings are available at any vehicle...
  • Page 97: Battery Saver On/Battery Saver Mode Message - Electrical Load Reduction Actions (If Equipped)

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL • • If current theme is set to Digital, tachometer will not If the Battery Charge Warning Light is on it may indi- display while in the Settings menu. cate a problem with the charging system page 97.
  • Page 98: Warning Lights And Messages

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL • The battery was used for an extended period with refer to the information in this chapter in the event of a related to the brake booster, the ABS pump will run the engine not running to supply radio, lights, char- failure indication.
  • Page 99 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Drowsy Driver Detected Warning Light — off unless the parking brake is applied or a brake fault turn off. If the light remains on with the vehicle running, is detected. If the light does not illuminate, have the If Equipped your vehicle will usually be drivable;...
  • Page 100 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Hood Open Warning Light Seat Belt Reminder Warning Light If enabled, a chime will sound and a video pop-up may display when a detection occurs. This warning light will illuminate when the This warning light indicates when the driver Oil Level Warning Light —...
  • Page 101: Yellow Warning Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Air Suspension Fault Warning Light • The ESC OFF Indicator Light and the ESC Indicator CAUTION! Light come on momentarily each time the ignition is This light will illuminate when there is a fault placed in the ON/RUN position.
  • Page 102 GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Low Fuel Warning Light Night Vision Animal Detected Warning Certain conditions, such as a loose or missing gas cap, poor quality fuel, etc., may illuminate the light after Light — If Equipped When the fuel level reaches approximately engine start.
  • Page 103: Tire Pressure Monitoring System (Tpms) Warning Light

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Service Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the CAUTION! Warning Light system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continu- Do not continue driving with one or more flat tires as This light will turn on when the ACC is not ously illuminated.
  • Page 104: Yellow Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Towing Hook Breakdown Warning Light Air Suspension Entry/Exit Indicator Forward Collision Warning (FCW) Or — If Equipped Light— If Equipped Pedestrian Emergency Braking (PEB) Off Indicator Light This light illuminates when there is a failure This light will illuminate when the vehicle is with the tow hook.
  • Page 105: Green Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Front Fog Indicator Light Parking/Headlights On Indicator Light GREEN INDICATOR LIGHTS This indicator light will illuminate when the This indicator light will illuminate when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Set With front fog lights are on page 51.
  • Page 106: White Indicator Lights

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL Active Lane Management Indicator Light WHITE INDICATOR LIGHTS BLUE INDICATOR LIGHTS — If Equipped Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Ready High Beam Indicator Light When the Active Lane Management system Indicator Light — If Equipped This indicator light will illuminate to indicate is ON, but not armed, the Active Lane Man- that the high beam headlights are on.
  • Page 107: Onboard Diagnostic System (Obd Ii)

    GETTING TO KNOW YOUR INSTRUMENT PANEL to assist your service technician in making repairs. WARNING! Although your vehicle will usually be driveable and not need towing, see an authorized dealer for service as • ONLY an authorized service technician should con- soon as possible.
  • Page 108: Starting And Operating

    STARTING AND OPERATING STARTING THE ENGINE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION NORMAL STARTING To Turn On The Engine Using The ENGINE START/STOP The gear selector must be in the NEUTRAL (N) or PARK Before starting your vehicle, adjust your seat, adjust the Button (P) position before you can start the engine.
  • Page 109: Autopark

    STARTING AND OPERATING ter will display a “ Vehicle Not In Park” message and NOTE: AUTOPARK the engine will remain running. Never leave a For Keyless Enter ‘n Go™ equipped vehicles, the engine AutoPark is a supplemental feature to assist with plac- vehicle out of the PARK position, or it could roll.
  • Page 110: Extended Park Starting

    STARTING AND OPERATING 1. Install a battery charger or jumper cables to the bat- WARNING! WARNING! tery to ensure a full battery charge during the crank cycle. • If vehicle speed is above 1.2 mph (1.9 km/h), the Never pour fuel or other flammable liquid into the transmission will default to NEUTRAL until the vehicle throttle body air inlet opening in an attempt to 2.
  • Page 111: Turbocharger "Cool Down" - 3.0L Engine Only

    STARTING AND OPERATING ENGINE BREAK-IN RECOMMENDATIONS PARKING BRAKE TURBOCHARGER “COOL DOWN” — 3.0L ENGINE ONLY An initial break-in period is recommended for the pow- ELECTRIC PARK BRAKE (EPB) The 3.0L engine is equipped with an after-run pump to ertrain (engine, transmission, axle, etc.) in your vehicle. cool the turbocharger after the engine is shut off.
  • Page 112 STARTING AND OPERATING To apply the parking brake manually, pull up on the brake pedal. Once the parking brake is fully disen- WARNING! switch momentarily. You may hear a sound from the gaged, the Brake Warning Light in the instrument clus- back of the vehicle while the parking brake engages.
  • Page 113: Auto Park Brake

    STARTING AND OPERATING • SafeHold can be temporarily bypassed by pushing the ACC is not engaged WARNING! EPB switch while the driver’s door is open. Once manu- • EPB is not applied ally bypassed, SafeHold will be enabled again once the •...
  • Page 114: Automatic Transmission

    STARTING AND OPERATING WARNING! WARNING! CAUTION! • It is dangerous to shift out of PARK or NEUTRAL (N) You can be badly injured working on or around a Damage to the transmission may occur if the follow- if the engine speed is higher than idle speed. If motor vehicle.
  • Page 115: Brake/Transmission Shift Interlock (Btsi) System

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: BRAKE/TRANSMISSION SHIFT on a new vehicle may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and precision shifts will develop After selecting any gear range, wait a moment to allow INTERLOCK (BTSI) SYSTEM within a few hundred miles (kilometers). the selected gear to engage before accelerating.
  • Page 116: Transmission Limp Home Mode

    STARTING AND OPERATING Transmission Limp Home Mode The following indicators should be used to ensure that CAUTION! you have properly engaged the transmission into the Transmission function is monitored electronically for PARK position: Towing the vehicle, coasting, or driving for any other abnormal conditions.
  • Page 117: Electronic Range Select (Ers) Operation

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: Even if the transmission can be reset, we recommend that you visit an authorized dealer at your earliest pos- sible convenience. An authorized dealer has diagnostic equipment to assess the condition of your transmission. If the transmission cannot be reset, authorized dealer service is required.
  • Page 118: Four-Wheel Drive Operation

    STARTING AND OPERATING N (NEUTRAL) FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE OPERATION When operating your vehicle in 4WD LOW, the engine speed is approximately three times that of the 4WD HI This range disengages the driveline from the pow- position at a given road speed. Take care not to over- ertrain.
  • Page 119: Quadra-Drive Ii System - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING • SELEC-TERRAIN — IF EQUIPPED Shifting into or out of 4WD LOW is possible with the vehicle completely stopped; however, difficulty may occur due to the mating clutch teeth not being prop- SELEC-TERRAIN MODE SELECTION erly aligned. Several attempts may be required for clutch teeth alignment and shift completion to Selec-Terrain combines the capabilities of the vehicle occur.
  • Page 120: Instrument Cluster Display Messages

    STARTING AND OPERATING (OR2). If the Selec-Terrain switch is in ROCK mode, INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISPLAY and the transfer case is switched from 4WD LOW to MESSAGES 4WD HI, the Selec-Terrain system will return to AUTO. When the appropriate conditions exist, a message will SAND/MUD (if equipped) –...
  • Page 121 STARTING AND OPERATING OR1 position only, if the vehicle speed remains the vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h). To exit After the engine is turned off, it may be noticed that the between 40 mph (64 km/h) and 50 mph (80 km/h) Entry/Exit Height, push the UP button once while in air suspension system operates briefly;...
  • Page 122: Air Suspension Modes

    STARTING AND OPERATING Suspension Display Messages Mode AIR SUSPENSION MODES When lowering, if multiple indicators are flashing while lowering the lowest solid indicator light is the position The “Suspension Display Messages” setting allows you The Air Suspension system has multiple modes to pro- the system is working to achieve.
  • Page 123: Power Steering

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: To Activate The Autostop Mode, The Following Must • Transport Mode – No indicator lights will be illumi- Occur: nated. Driving or deselecting the mode in the • Even if the power steering assistance is no longer Uconnect system will disable Transport mode.
  • Page 124: To Start The Engine While In Autostop Mode

    STARTING AND OPERATING • • Engine has not reached normal operating Battery voltage drops too low. TO MANUALLY TURN ON THE temperature. • Stop/Start OFF switch is pushed. STOP/START SYSTEM • The transmission is not in a forward gear. • A Stop/Start system error occurs.
  • Page 125: Cruise Control

    STARTING AND OPERATING To Activate U.S. Speed (mph) CRUISE CONTROL Pushing the SET (+), or SET (-) button once will • Push the on/off button to activate the Cruise Control. When engaged, the Cruise Control takes over accelera- result in a 1 mph speed adjustment. Each subse- “Cruise Control Ready”...
  • Page 126: To Resume Speed

    STARTING AND OPERATING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (ACC) WARNING! WARNING! Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) increases the driving con- to be attentive of road, traffic, and weather condi- Cruise Control can be dangerous where the system venience provided by Cruise Control while traveling on tions, vehicle speed, distance to the vehicle ahead cannot maintain a constant speed.
  • Page 127 STARTING AND OPERATING Driving Assist Menu Activating Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) WARNING! The instrument cluster display will show the current The minimum set speed for the ACC system is 19 mph ○ When circumstances do not allow safe driving at system settings for Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Active (30 km/h).
  • Page 128: To Set A Desired Speed

    STARTING AND OPERATING If ACC is set when the vehicle speed is below 19 mph • The Trailer Sway Control (TSC) activates WARNING! (30 km/h), the set speed will default to 19 mph • The driver switches ESC to Full Off mode (30 km/h).
  • Page 129: Setting The Following Distance In Acc

    STARTING AND OPERATING Setting The Following Distance In ACC NOTE: Metric Speed (km/h) Pushing the SET (+), or SET (-) button once will • • The specified following distance for ACC can be set by While in ACC mode, when the vehicle comes to a result in a 1 km/h speed adjustment.
  • Page 130: Overtake Aid

    STARTING AND OPERATING Overtake Aid NOTE: If there is no vehicle ahead, the vehicle will maintain the set speed. If a slower moving vehicle is detected in When driving with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) • If your vehicle is at a standstill for longer than two the same lane, the instrument cluster display will show engaged and following a vehicle, the system will provide seconds, the system will hold brake pressure for up...
  • Page 131: Precautions While Driving With Acc

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: NOTE: This message can sometimes be displayed while driving in highly reflective areas (i.e. ice and snow, or tunnels If the “ACC Limited Functionality Clean Front Wind- • If the “ACC Unavailable Wipe Front Radar Sensor” with reflective tiles).
  • Page 132 STARTING AND OPERATING OFFSET DRIVING USING ACC ON HILLS ACC may not detect a vehicle in the same lane that is ACC performance may be limited when driving on hills. offset from your direct line of travel, or a vehicle merg- ACC may not detect a vehicle in your lane depending on ing in from a side lane.
  • Page 133: Parksense Front/Rear Park Assist System

    STARTING AND OPERATING STATIONARY OBJECTS AND VEHICLES NOTE: • The driver must stay in full control of the vehicle's acceleration and braking and is responsible for the ACC does not react to stationary objects or vehicles. For • The driver can disable the automatic braking func- vehicle's movements.
  • Page 134: Parksense Display

    STARTING AND OPERATING PARKSENSE DISPLAY The system will indicate a detected obstacle by showing and/or right rear region and the system will produce a a single arc in the left and/or right front or rear regions tone. As the vehicle moves closer to the object, the dis- The warning display will turn on indicating the system based on the object’s distance and location relative to play will show the single arc moving closer to the...
  • Page 135 STARTING AND OPERATING The vehicle is close to the obstacle when the instrument cluster display shows one flashing arc and sounds a continuous tone. The following chart shows the warning alert opera- tion when the system is detecting an obstacle: WARNING ALERTS FOR REAR Rear Distance Greater than...
  • Page 136: Parksense Warning Display

    STARTING AND OPERATING ParkSense Camera Activation When the ParkSense switch is pushed to enable the able Wipe Rear Sensors", "Parksense Unavailable Wipe system, the instrument cluster will display the system Front Sensors" or "Parksense Unavailable Service If the ParkSense system detects an obstacle, a camera state.
  • Page 137: Parksense System Usage Precautions

    STARTING AND OPERATING PARKSENSE SYSTEM USAGE in the system misinterpreting a close object as a CAUTION! sensor problem, causing the “Parksense Unavail- PRECAUTIONS able Service Required” message to be displayed in • ParkSense is only a parking aid and it is unable to the instrument cluster.
  • Page 138 STARTING AND OPERATING Message on the display for Side Distance Warning • When the vehicle is in REVERSE, the Side Distance Clean the ParkSense sensors regularly, taking care feature: Warning volume/chime will match the Rear ParkSense not to scratch or damage them. The sensors must volume and chime type.
  • Page 139: Parksense Active Park Assist System

    STARTING AND OPERATING • the ParkSense Active Park Assist system is capable of During a Semi-Automatic or Fully Automated maneu- WARNING! maneuvering a vehicle into a parallel or a perpendicular ver, if the driver touches the steering wheel after parking space on either side (i.e., driver side or passen- being instructed to remove their hands from the assembly, depending on its size and shape, giving ger side).
  • Page 140: Parksense Automated Parking - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING The ParkSense Active Park Assist system will turn off mum amount of shifts, the system will cancel and the When pushed, the LED on the ParkSense Active Park automatically for any of the following conditions: instrument cluster display will instruct the driver to com- Assist switch will blink momentarily.
  • Page 141 STARTING AND OPERATING • When searching for a parking space, the driver If the driver selects a perpendicular parking space, the The system will then instruct the driver to remove should drive as parallel or perpendicular (depending system will prompt the driver to choose a Forward or hands from the steering wheel and feet from the ped- on the type of maneuver) to other vehicles as Reverse parking method.
  • Page 142 STARTING AND OPERATING • The system will cancel the maneuver if the vehicle CAUTION! speed exceeds 28 mph (40 km/h) during active steering guidance into the parking space. The sys- • The ParkSense Active Park Assist system is only a tem will provide a warning to the driver at 28 mph parking aid and it is unable to recognize every (40 km/h) that tells them to slow down.
  • Page 143: Semi-Automatic Parksense Active Park Assist - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING • The Top View will have integrated ParkSense arcs in the The driver will be instructed to shift to DRIVE to con- When searching for a parking space, the driver image at the front and rear of the vehicle. The arcs will tinue the maneuver.
  • Page 144 STARTING AND OPERATING • If the driver selects a perpendicular parking space, the Once active steering begins, a camera image will It is the driver’s responsibility to use the brake and system will prompt the driver to choose a Forward or appear in the Uconnect display with instructions that accelerator during the Semi-Automatic parking Reverse parking method.
  • Page 145 STARTING AND OPERATING Parallel Park Exit WARNING! Enable the ParkSense Active Park Assist system by backing up and moving forward. You are respon- pressing the ParkSense Active Park Assist switch. To sible for safety and must continue to pay attention initiate a parking space exit maneuver, the vehicle must to your surroundings.
  • Page 146: Active Lane Management System - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: ACTIVE LANE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM — TURNING ACTIVE LANE MANAGEMENT ON OR OFF • The system will suppress visual warnings, steering IF EQUIPPED vibration (if selected in radio settings), and steering The Active Lane Management button is assistance (if selected in radio settings) when the located on the switch panel on the forward driver activates the turn signal, the blind spot zone...
  • Page 147 STARTING AND OPERATING System On (Gray Lines) Lane Crossed (Flashing Yellow Line) Lanes Sensed (Green Lines) Left Lane Departure — Only Left Lane Detected NOTE: • When the system senses a lane drift situation, the left lane line turns solid yellow. At this time, steering •...
  • Page 148: Changing Active Lane Management Status

    STARTING AND OPERATING • When the system senses the lane line is being CHANGING ACTIVE LANE TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATED BLIND crossed, the left lane line changes from solid yellow MANAGEMENT STATUS SPOT ASSIST — IF EQUIPPED to flashing yellow (on/off). At this time, vibration is applied to the steering wheel.
  • Page 149: Zoom View

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: When the vehicle is shifted out of REVERSE with cam- The following table shows the approximate distances era delay turned off, the rear camera mode is exited for each zone: If snow, ice, mud, or any foreign substance builds up on and the previous screen appears.
  • Page 150: Viewing At Speed

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: NIGHT VISION CAMERA SYSTEM — • If the vehicle is in DRIVE, NEUTRAL, or REVERSE, IF EQUIPPED and speed is greater than or equal to 8 mph (13 km/h), Zoom View is unavailable and the icon Your vehicle may be equipped with a Night Vision Cam- will appear gray.
  • Page 151 STARTING AND OPERATING • Occurs when the vehicle is moving at speeds If the warnings are off, the telltales, chimes, and greater than 8 mph (13 km/h) and the target is in or warning messages will all be off. Pedestrians and ani- approaching the vehicle path mals can still be detected by the system, but there will be no warnings.
  • Page 152: Detection Range

    STARTING AND OPERATING If “Night Vision Temporarily Unavailable” or “Night WARNING! WARNING! Vision Unavailable Service Required" appears in the • • instrument cluster display after cycling the ignition, see It is always the driver’s responsibility to be atten- Night Vision may not detect pedestrians or animals an authorized dealer.
  • Page 153: Surround View Camera System

    STARTING AND OPERATING • If the vehicle has been modified with aftermarket When the vehicle is shifted out of REVERSE with cam- rear, and if equipped, the sides of the vehicle. The arcs parts and/or accessories era delay turned on, the camera image will continue to will change color from yellow to red corresponding to be displayed for up to 10 seconds unless the vehicle the distance zones to the oncoming object.
  • Page 154: Zoom View

    STARTING AND OPERATING • The vehicle is in any gear other than REVERSE and Rear Cross Path View CAUTION! the touchscreen X button is pressed. The Rear Cross Path button will give the • The camera delay system is turned off manually •...
  • Page 155: Refueling The Vehicle

    STARTING AND OPERATING If the vehicle is in PARK, Zoom View is available until CAUTION! the gear selector is placed in DRIVE or REVERSE and speeds are at or above 8 mph (13 km/h). To avoid fuel spillage and overfilling, do not “top off” the fuel tank after filling.
  • Page 156: Tire Size

    STARTING AND OPERATING TIRE SIZE GVWR. If so, weight must be shifted from front to rear or COMMON TOWING DEFINITIONS rear to front as appropriate until the specified weight The tire size on the Vehicle Certification Label repre- The following trailer towing related definitions will assist limitations are met.
  • Page 157: Weight-Distributing Hitch

    STARTING AND OPERATING Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) Weight-Carrying Hitch RECOMMENDED DISTRIBUTION HITCH ADJUSTMENT — QUADRA-LIFT AIR The GAWR is the maximum capacity of the front and A weight-carrying hitch supports the trailer tongue SUSPENSION EQUIPPED VEHICLES rear axles. Distribute the load over the front and rear weight, just as if it were luggage located at a hitch ball axles evenly.
  • Page 158 STARTING AND OPERATING 4. Attach the loaded trailer to the vehicle without the Measurement Example Example Height (mm) weight distribution bars connected. 5. Ensure the trailer is properly secured to the hitch, including the safety chains, lighting, and trailer H2-H1 brake controls.
  • Page 159: Trailer Hitch Classification

    STARTING AND OPERATING TRAILER HITCH CLASSIFICATION The following chart provides the industry standard for the maximum trailer weight a given trailer hitch class can tow and should be used to assist you in selecting the correct trailer hitch for your intended towing condition. Trailer Hitch Classification Definitions Class Max.
  • Page 160: Trailer Hitch Receiver Cover Removal - If Equipped

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: TRAILER HITCH RECEIVER COVER TOWING REQUIREMENTS Be sure to engage all tabs and fully seat the hitch REMOVAL — IF EQUIPPED To promote proper break-in of the new vehicle drivetrain receiver cover in the fascia/bumper prior to installation components, the following guidelines are of the quarter turn fasteners.
  • Page 161: Towing Requirements - Tires

    STARTING AND OPERATING • Check the trailer tires for proper tire inflation pres- WARNING! CAUTION! sures before trailer usage. • • When hauling cargo or towing a trailer, do not over- Check for signs of tire wear or visible tire damage If the trailer weighs more than 1,000 lb (453 kg) load your vehicle or trailer.
  • Page 162 STARTING AND OPERATING Adjusting GAIN The user interface consists of the following: 9. If the trailer wheels lockup (indicated by squealing Manual Brake Control Lever tires), reduce the GAIN setting; if the trailer wheels NOTE: turn freely, increase the GAIN setting. Slide the manual brake control lever to the left to acti- This should only be performed in a traffic free environ- Repeat steps 8 and 9 until the GAIN setting is at a point...
  • Page 163: Towing Requirements - Trailer Lights And Wiring

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: • An aftermarket controller may be available for use with trailers with air or EOH trailer brake systems. To determine the type of brakes on your trailer and the availability of controllers, check with your trailer manufacturer or dealer.
  • Page 164 STARTING AND OPERATING Pin Number Function Wire Color Left Turn Signal Black/White Rear Fog Light White Ground/Common Return for Contacts (Pins) 1 and 2 and Brown 4 to 8 Right Turn Signal Black/Green Right Rear Position, Side Marker Lights, and Rear Regis- Green/Red tration Plate Illumination Device.
  • Page 165: Towing Tips

    STARTING AND OPERATING Automatic Transmission Cruise Control — If Equipped TOWING TIPS • Select the DRIVE (D) range when towing. The transmis- Do not use on hilly terrain or with heavy loads. Before towing, practice turning, stopping, and backing sion controls include a drive strategy to avoid frequent •...
  • Page 166: Recreational Towing - Two-Wheel Drive Models

    STARTING AND OPERATING NOTE: 3. Apply the Electric Park Brake. Shift the transmission RECREATIONAL TOWING — into PARK. QUADRA-TRAC I (SINGLE-SPEED • When towing your vehicle, always follow applicable 4. Turn the ignition OFF. state and provincial laws. Contact state and provin- TRANSFER CASE) FOUR-WHEEL cial Highway Safety offices for additional details.
  • Page 167 STARTING AND OPERATING Shifting Into N (Neutral) NOTE: CAUTION! ○ Steps 1 through 4 are requirements that must be met before pushing the N (Neutral) button, and • DO NOT dolly tow any four-wheel drive vehicle. Tow- WARNING! must continue to be met until the shift has been ing with only one set of wheels on the ground (front completed.
  • Page 168 STARTING AND OPERATING 15. Release the Electric Park Brake. Ensure vehicle is indicator light will flash continuously until all in RUN position with the engine off. requirements are met or until the N (Neutral) button is released. 16. Turn the ignition to the ON/RUN position, but do ○...
  • Page 169: Driving Tips

    STARTING AND OPERATING Driving Through Water 10. Shift the transmission into PARK. Turn the engine OFF-ROAD DRIVING TIPS off. Although your vehicle is capable of driving through Quadra-Lift — If Equipped 11. Release the brake pedal. water, there are a number of precautions that must be considered before entering the water.
  • Page 170: Driving In Snow, Mud And Sand

    STARTING AND OPERATING water can erode the streambed, causing your vehicle to immediately apply the brakes. Restart the engine, and When descending mountains or hills, repeated braking sink into deeper water. Determine exit point(s) that are shift into REVERSE (R). Back slowly down the hill, allow- can cause brake fade with loss of braking control.
  • Page 171 STARTING AND OPERATING WARNING! Abrasive material in any part of the brakes may cause excessive wear or unpredictable braking. You might not have full braking power when you need it to pre- vent a collision. If you have been operating your vehicle in dirty conditions, get your brakes checked and cleaned as necessary.
  • Page 172: Multimedia

    MULTIMEDIA UCONNECT SYSTEMS Press the Back Arrow button to exit out of a Menu or WARNING! certain option on the Uconnect system. • Push and hold the Power button on the radio’s face- For detailed information about your Uconnect 5/5 NAV ONLY insert trusted media devices/components plate for a minimum of 15 seconds to reset the radio.
  • Page 173 MULTIMEDIA NOTE: • Push the Open/Close button on the Front Comfort option until a check mark appears next to the setting, And Convenience Display to access the fold-out showing that setting has been selected. Once the set- • Only one touchscreen area may be selected at a screen.
  • Page 174 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Navigation Next Turn Pop-ups Displayed This setting will display Navigation prompts in the Instrument Cluster Display. In Cluster Phone Pop-ups Displayed In Cluster This setting will display smartphone notifications and messages in the Instrument Cluster Display. Message Pop-Ups Displayed with Button This setting will turn message notifications on or off.
  • Page 175 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description This setting will allow you to set the brightness when the headlights are on. To access this setting, Display Mode must be set to Display Brightness Headlights On “Manual”. The “+” setting will increase the brightness; the “-” will decrease the brightness. This setting will allow you to set the brightness when the headlights are off.
  • Page 176: Safety & Driving Assistance

    MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Radio Off with Door This setting will keep the radio on when a door is opened or until the Radio Off Delay time is reached. The available settings are “On” and “Off”. Key Off Power Delay This setting will keep certain electrical features running after the engine is turned off.
  • Page 177 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Forward Collision Warning — Located In This setting will turn the Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system on or off. The “Off” setting will deactivate the FCW system. The Automatic Emergency Braking Submenu “Warning Only” setting will provide only an audible chime when a collision is detected. The “Warning + Active Braking” setting will provide an audible chime and apply some brake pressure when a collision is detected.
  • Page 178 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Rear ParkSense Braking Assist This setting will provide braking assist if the Rear ParkSense system senses a collision with an object. Rear Seat Alert When this setting is turned on and the rear doors are opened while the engine is running, or if the engine is turned on within 10 minutes of the door opening, a message will appear to check the rear seat when the vehicle is powered OFF.
  • Page 179 MULTIMEDIA Phone/Bluetooth® When the Phone/Bluetooth® button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to Bluetooth® connectivity from an external audio device or smart- phone. The list of paired audio devices or smartphones can be accessed from this menu. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary.
  • Page 180 MULTIMEDIA Navigation When the Navigation button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays options related to the vehicle’s built-in Navigation system. These settings can change which icons display on the map, how “time to arrival is calculated”, and route types. For more information on Navigation and settings, refer to your Uconnect Radio Instruction Manual.
  • Page 181 MULTIMEDIA Camera When the Camera button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s camera features. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Surround View Camera Delay This setting will add a timed delay to the Surround View Camera when shifting out of REVERSE. Surround View Camera Guidelines This setting will turn the Surround View Camera Guidelines on or off.
  • Page 182 MULTIMEDIA Lights When the Lights button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to the vehicle’s exterior and interior lights. NOTE: • When the “Daytime Running Lights” feature is selected, the daytime running lights can be turned on or off. This feature is only allowed by law in the country of the vehicle purchase.
  • Page 183: Doors And Locks

    MULTIMEDIA Brakes When the Brakes button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system will display the settings related to the vehicle’s Brake system. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Auto Park Brake This setting will turn the Auto Park Brake on or off. Brake Service This setting will allow you to set the brakes for service.
  • Page 184 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Passive Entry This setting will allow you to turn the Passive Entry feature (Keyless Enter ‘n Go™) on or off. Personal Settings Linked To Key Fob This setting will recall preset radio stations and driver seat position that have been linked to the key fob. Power Liftgate Alert This setting will chime an audible alert when the power liftgate is raising or lowering.
  • Page 185 MULTIMEDIA Key Off Options When the Key Off Options button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to vehicle shutoff. These settings will only activate when the ignition is set to OFF. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Easy Exit Seat...
  • Page 186 MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Display Suspension Messages This setting will display suspension messages in the Instrument Cluster Display. The “All” setting will display all available messages. The “Warnings Only” setting will only display warning messages. Tire Jack Mode This setting will disable the Air Suspension system to assist in changing a spare tire. Auxiliary Modes This setting will allow you to set the Auxiliary Suspension Mode.
  • Page 187: Accessibility - If Equipped

    MULTIMEDIA Notifications When the Notifications button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system displays the options related to Notifications for the system. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description App Drawer Favoriting Pop-ups This setting turns the App Favorited pop-up on or off. App Drawer Unfavoriting Pop-ups This setting turns the App Unfavorited pop-up on or off.
  • Page 188: Software Updates

    MULTIMEDIA Software Updates When the Software Updates button is pressed on the touchscreen, the system will display the setting related to updating the Uconnect software. NOTE: Depending on the vehicle’s options, feature settings may vary. Setting Name Description Software Downloads over Wi-Fi This setting will allow software updates to happen over Wi-Fi.
  • Page 189: Steering Wheel Audio Controls

    MULTIMEDIA Setting Name Description Restore Settings to Default This setting will return all the previously changed settings to their factory defaults. Clear Personal Data This setting will display a pop-up that gives you the option to clear all personal data from the system, including Bluetooth® devices and presets.
  • Page 190: Passenger Screen Permissions

    MULTIMEDIA To begin using the Passenger Screen, push the Power HOME SCREEN button in the center stack, or press the Power button under the Controls tab within the Uconnect system. The Passenger Screen can be turned off by accessing the Control screen and pressing the Power Off button.
  • Page 191: Audio And Video

    MULTIMEDIA The available features are: AUDIO AND VIDEO • Audio • Video & Images • HDMI • Navigation • Devices • Cameras Controls Screen From the Controls Screen, you can adjust the daytime/ nighttime brightness of the screen, change headphone volume, and power off the Passenger Screen.
  • Page 192: Hdmi Projecting

    MULTIMEDIA NOTE: NOTE: • • Audio devices connected via Bluetooth® must be The HDMI Card will not automatically launch when a done through the Device Manager in the radio. For new device is connected. The HDMI Card will show a more information on pairing a device, refer to your device connected, and the Card will need to be Uconnect Radio Instruction Manual.
  • Page 193: Navigation

    MULTIMEDIA 3RD PARTY APPS — IF EQUIPPED Device Manager provides an easy place to view all the NAVIGATION devices connected to the Uconnect system and lets you Navigation allows you to assist the driver in searching pair the Driver’s smartphone to the Uconnect system. If equipped, your vehicle may contain some 3rd party for destinations using Uconnect’s built-in Navigation You will also pair Bluetooth®...
  • Page 194: Rear Seat Entertainment (Rse) With Amazon Fire Tv Built-In - If Equipped

    MULTIMEDIA Skip Backward Press to skip backward. Press and hold to fast rewind. Play/Pause Press to play/pause the track. Skip Forward Press to skip forward. Press and hold to fast forward. Repeat Press to repeat track. Press again to repeat playlist. Press again to turn off (works only with a USB device).
  • Page 195: Getting Started

    MULTIMEDIA NOTE: There are four different ways to operate the features of ACCESSING REAR SEAT Rear Seat Entertainment with Fire TV built-in: The vehicle must be in an active and usable cellular ENTERTAINMENT WITH FIRE TV • range and properly equipped with a Uconnect 5 NAV Fire TV Remote BUILT-IN FROM THE REAR system and Rear Seat Entertainment with Fire TV pack-...
  • Page 196: First Time Starting Up (Using The Rear Screens)

    MULTIMEDIA NOTE: FIRST TIME STARTING UP QUICK MENU When a network is connected to the system for the first (USING THE REAR SCREENS) Accessing the quick menu will give you more options for time, an over-the-air-software update will take place Fire TV.
  • Page 197: Fire Tv Remote Pairing (Using The Rear Screens)

    MULTIMEDIA 5. Select “Parental Controls”; from here you can turn MEDIA SOURCES INPUT FIRE TV REMOTE “Parental Controls” on or off and set up a PIN for the (USING THE FRONT RADIO AND controls using the Fire TV Remote. REAR SCREENS) FIRE TV REMOTE PAIRING Front Radio Screen (USING THE REAR SCREENS)
  • Page 198: Replacing The Fire Tv Remote Batteries

    MULTIMEDIA 1. Power Button — Turns the screen for the selected 14. Channel +/- — Push the up or down arrow button REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT WITH channel on or off. on the Channel button to browse channels avail- FIRE TV BUILT-IN STREAMING able in Fire TV.
  • Page 199: Fire Tv Apps/Games (Using The Rear Screens)

    MULTIMEDIA Source Drawer — This will open the “Source Drawer” • buttons on the Fire TV Remote will take you to the USING THE VIDEO USB PORT home page for that respective streaming service. Turn- and the source logo will be displayed on the icon. Plug in a USB drive or mass storage device and play ing on either of the rear screens will launch Fire TV.
  • Page 200: Headphones Operation

    MULTIMEDIA Wireless Headphones Pairing HEADPHONES OPERATION While multiple headphones can be paired, only one will output audio at a time. To pair wireless headphones with Rear Seat Entertain- Rear Seat Entertainment with Fire TV built-in does not ment with Fire TV built-in using the rear screens, follow come equipped with headphones.
  • Page 201 MULTIMEDIA Icon Description Headliner Mode Headliner Mode Air comes from the outlets in the headliner. Each of these outlets can be individually adjusted to direct the flow of air. Moving the air vanes of the outlets to one side will shut off the airflow. Mode Control Mode Control Button On The Instrument Panel The airflow distribution mode can also be selected by pushing the hard toggle switch on the instrument panel, below the radio screen.
  • Page 202: Legal & Compliance

    MULTIMEDIA LEGAL & COMPLIANCE OFF-ROAD PAGES STATUS BAR VEHICLE DYNAMICS To access Legal and Compliance information about The Off-Road Pages Status Bar is located along the bot- The Vehicle Dynamics page displays information con- Rear Seat Entertainment with Fire TV built-in from the tom of Off-Road Pages and is present on each of the cerning the vehicle’s drivetrain.
  • Page 203: Accessory Gauges

    MULTIMEDIA • ACCESSORY GAUGES PITCH & ROLL Snow • Auto — Default The Accessory Gauges page displays the current status The Pitch & Roll page displays the vehicle’s current • Sport of the vehicle’s Coolant Temperature, Oil Temperature, pitch (angle up and down) and roll (angle side to side) Oil Pressure, Transmission Temperature, and Battery in degrees.
  • Page 204: Trail Recording - If Equipped

    MULTIMEDIA Editing A Trail When the trail is over, press “Stop Recording”. Select whether to save the trail in which the trail will be saved After finishing recording a trail, there will be a scale to and will appear in “Saved Recordings”. Selecting “Can- rate the difficulty of the trail for future reference.
  • Page 205: Adventure Guides - If Equipped

    MULTIMEDIA NOTE: for each selected Waypoint. A Snapshot feature is avail- able, where a photo of the performance data can be Editing Waypoints is not available while the vehicle is in exported to a connected USB device. motion. To edit and customize Waypoints, the vehicle Export a Recording onto a USB must not be in motion.
  • Page 206 MULTIMEDIA Trail Difficulty Expanded Trail Difficulty View Preview Trail NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: ○ Press the Map View button to view an expanded Each trail detail screen will provide you information Pressing the Back arrow on the Trail Info page will summary of each trail and its difficulty level.
  • Page 207: Trailer Tow - If Equipped

    MULTIMEDIA 5. If the trail does not exist within your Uconnect sys- Press the Remove icon to remove a trail from the list. tem’s local memory, press the Download button. If You will be presented with a confirmation, “Are you sure the trail already exists, meaning it has already been you want to delete this trail?”.
  • Page 208: Trailer Info

    MULTIMEDIA The Trailer Info main page displays your trailer’s tire CAMERAS pressure, odometer, electric range select, and view of Selecting the Camera tab within “Trailer Tow Pages” will your trailer’s Tow/Haul mode status. redirect you to the Trailer tab in the More Cams section Displayed in the Trailer Info tab are the following gauges of the Camera app.
  • Page 209: Setup

    MULTIMEDIA Trailer Tow Pages Light Check Tab Trailer Tow Pages Setup Tab NOTE: Once selected, the screen will change to “Light Check in Progress”. The box will turn red and the text will read Make sure that “Use this Trailer” is selected in order to “Cancel Light Check”, which will then turn the trailer’s make any settings changes to that selected trailer.
  • Page 210: Safety

    SAFETY Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Warning SAFETY FEATURES WARNING! Light • The ABS contains sophisticated electronic equip- ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) The yellow ABS Warning Light will turn on when the igni- ment that may be susceptible to interference tion is placed in the ON/RUN mode and may stay on for caused by improperly installed or high output radio The ABS provides increased vehicle stability and brake as long as four seconds.
  • Page 211: Drowsy Driver Detection (Ddd) - If Equipped

    SAFETY NOTE: WARNING! WARNING! In the event of a DDD system failure, a dedicated mes- sage will appear in the instrument cluster display. • Before exiting a vehicle, always come to a com- The DDD system is an aid for driving and does not plete stop, then shift the automatic transmission relieve the driver of the responsibility of driving the into PARK and apply the parking brake.
  • Page 212: Brake System Warning Light

    SAFETY Brake Assist System (BAS) required. If the Brake System Warning Light does not WARNING! come on when the ignition is placed in the ON/RUN The BAS is designed to optimize the vehicle’s braking mode, have the light repaired as soon as possible. Many factors, such as vehicle loading, road condi- capability during emergency braking maneuvers.
  • Page 213: Esc Operating Modes

    SAFETY ESC Operating Modes Activation/Malfunction Indicator Light begins to flash WARNING! during acceleration, ease up on the accelerator and Depending upon model and mode of operation, the ESC apply as little throttle as possible. Be sure to adapt your • When in “Partial Off”...
  • Page 214: Hill Descent Control (Hdc) - If Equipped

    SAFETY NOTE: during acceleration, ease up on the accelerator and apply 3. Active (feature is enabled and actively controlling as little throttle as possible. Be sure to adapt your speed vehicle speed). During HDC the +/- shifter input is used for HDC target and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
  • Page 215: Hill Start Assist (Hsa)

    SAFETY Disabling And Enabling HSA Feedback To The Driver The following conditions must be met in order for HSA to activate: The instrument cluster has an HDC icon and the HDC This feature can be turned on or turned off. To change •...
  • Page 216: Rain Brake Support (Rbs)

    SAFETY Rain Brake Support (RBS) NOTE: • The parking brake is released. • The driver door is closed. RBS may improve braking performance in wet condi- • During SSC the +/- shifter input is used for SSC tar- • tions. It will periodically apply a small amount of brake The driver is not applying throttle.
  • Page 217: Traction Control System (Tcs)

    SAFETY Feedback To The Driver: AUXILIARY DRIVING SYSTEMS driven axle. If one wheel on a driven axle is spinning faster than the other, the system will apply the brake of The instrument cluster has an SSC icon and the SSC the spinning wheel.
  • Page 218 SAFETY higher and will alert the driver of vehicles in these The BSM system monitors the detection zone from areas. BSM will alert earlier on faster-approaching three different entry points (Side, Rear, Front) while vehicles – up to 33 mph (54 km/h) difference. driving to see if an alert is necessary.
  • Page 219: Rear Cross Path (Rcp)

    SAFETY WARNING! The Blind Spot Monitoring system is only an aid to help detect objects in the blind spot zones. The BSM system is not designed to detect pedestrians, bicy- clists, or animals. Even if your vehicle is equipped with the BSM system, always check your vehicle’s mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use your turn signal before changing lanes.
  • Page 220: Forward Collision Warning (Fcw) With Mitigation

    SAFETY RCP monitors the rear detection zones on both sides of the system is operating in Rear Cross Path (RCP) mode, FORWARD COLLISION WARNING the vehicle, for objects that are moving toward the side the system will respond with both visual and audible (FCW) WITH MITIGATION of the vehicle with a minimum speed of approximately alerts when a detected object is present.
  • Page 221: Fcw Braking Status And Sensitivity

    SAFETY • The FCW system is intended for on-road use only. If Changing the FCW status to the “Near” setting allows the the vehicle is taken off-road, the FCW system should system to warn the driver of a possible collision with the be deactivated to prevent unnecessary warnings to vehicle in front when the distance between the vehicle in the surroundings.
  • Page 222: Fcw Limited Warning

    SAFETY FCW Limited Warning Turning PEB On Or Off If the instrument cluster displays “ACC/FCW Limited NOTE: Functionality” or “ACC/FCW Limited Functionality Clean The default status of PEB is “On.” This allows the sys- Front Windshield” momentarily, there may be a condi- tem to warn you of a possible frontal collision with the tion that limits FCW functionality.
  • Page 223: Tire Pressure Monitoring System (Tpms)

    SAFETY NOTE: visual warnings (shown in the instrument cluster). If the CAUTION! driver determines acceleration is needed to avoid a When filling warm tires, the tire pressure may need to collision, when the accelerator is pressed ICA will be increased up to an additional 4 psi (28 kPa) above mance or sensor damage.
  • Page 224: Service Tpms Warning

    SAFETY • • The TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte- Four Tire Pressure Monitoring System sensors Should a low tire condition occur on any of the four nance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to main- active road tire(s), you should stop as soon as possible, •...
  • Page 225: Tpms Deactivation - If Equipped

    SAFETY A system fault can occur by any of the following: In addition, the Tire Pressure Monitoring System pressure values in place of the dashes. On the next Warning Light will turn off and the graphic in the instru- ignition cycle the "SERVICE TPM SYSTEM" message will •...
  • Page 226: Occupant Restraint Systems

    SAFETY When Tire Fill Alert mode is entered, the tire pressure You may also store pressure values chosen for each 3. The horn will chirp once again when enough air is display screen will be displayed in the instrument axle in the Uconnect system application as preset pres- added or removed to reach proper selected pres- cluster.
  • Page 227: Seat Belt Systems

    SAFETY 8. Do not lean against the door or window. If your ity of ejection and the risk of injury caused by striking vehicle has side air bags, and deployment occurs, the inside of the vehicle. Everyone in a motor vehicle the side air bags will inflate forcefully into the space should be belted at all times.
  • Page 228: Lap/Shoulder Belts

    SAFETY Lap/Shoulder Belts Belt Reminder Light will remain on until the seat belts WARNING! are buckled. The BeltAlert warning sequence may All seating positions in your vehicle are equipped with repeat based on vehicle speed until the driver and position to minimize the risk of severe injury or lap/shoulder belts.
  • Page 229: Lap/Shoulder Belt Untwisting Procedure

    SAFETY 2. The seat belt latch plate is above the back of the 4. Position the lap belt so that it is snug and lies low WARNING! front seat, and next to your arm in the rear seat (for across your hips, below your abdomen. To remove •...
  • Page 230: Adjustable Upper Shoulder Belt Anchorage

    SAFETY Third Row Center Seat Belt Operating 2. At about 6 to 12 inches (15 to 30 cm) above the As a guide, if you are shorter than average, you will pre- latch plate, grab and twist the seat belt webbing fer the shoulder belt anchorage in a lower position, and Instructions 180 degrees to create a fold that begins immedi-...
  • Page 231 SAFETY 7. Position the lap belt so that it is snug and lies low across your hips, below your abdomen. To remove slack in the lap belt portion, pull up on the shoulder belt. To loosen the lap belt if it is too tight, pull on the lap belt.
  • Page 232: Seat Belts And Pregnant Women

    SAFETY Third Row Belt Guides Seat belts must be worn by all occupants including WARNING! pregnant women: the risk of injury in the event of an NOTE: accident is reduced for the mother and the unborn child • ONLY use a Seat Belt Extender if it is physically There are three belt guides located on the top of the if they are wearing a seat belt.
  • Page 233 SAFETY Switchable Automatic Locking Retractor WARNING! (ALR) • NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a The seat belts in the passenger seating positions are seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, equipped with a Switchable Automatic Locking Retrac- DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
  • Page 234: Supplemental Restraint Systems (Srs)

    SAFETY • Instrument Panel function. While the air bag system is designed to be WARNING! maintenance free, if any of the following occurs, have • Knee Impact Bolsters an authorized dealer service the air bag system • The seat belt assembly must be replaced if the •...
  • Page 235: Front Airbags

    SAFETY panel. The Redundant Air Bag Warning Light will stay on This vehicle may be equipped with a driver and/or front WARNING! until the fault is cleared. In addition, a single chime will passenger seat belt buckle switch that detects whether sound to alert you that the Redundant Air Bag Warning the driver or front passenger seat belt is buckled.
  • Page 236: Front Air Bag Operation

    SAFETY Front Air Bag Operation The steering wheel hub trim cover and the upper pas- located beneath the passenger seat cushion foam. Any senger side of the instrument panel separate and fold weight on the seat will be sensed by the Sensor. The Front Air Bags are designed to provide additional pro- out of the way as the air bags inflate to their full size.
  • Page 237 SAFETY * It is possible for a child to be classified as an adult, Properly seated passengers are: result in an adjusted inflation rate of the Passenger allowing a full-power Passenger Advanced Front Air Bag Advanced Front Air Bag in a collision. This does not •...
  • Page 238 SAFETY The OCS determines the front passenger’s most prob- WARNING! able classification. If an occupant in the front passen- ger seat is seated improperly, the occupant may provide • Always wear your seat belt and sit properly, with an output signal to the OCS that is different from the the seatback in an upright position, your back occupant’s properly seated weight input, for example: against the seatback, sitting upright, facing for-...
  • Page 239: Knee Impact Bolsters

    SAFETY Knee Impact Bolsters trim cover, or cushion needs service for any reason, Supplemental Seat-Mounted Side Air Bags (SABs) are take the vehicle to an authorized dealer. Only FCA located in the outboard side of the front seats. The The Knee Impact Bolsters help protect the knees of the approved seat accessories may be used.
  • Page 240 SAFETY The SABIC deploys downward, covering the side win- response to impact events. The system is calibrated to WARNING! dows. An inflating SABIC pushes the outside edge of the deploy the Side Air Bags on the impact side of the headliner out of the way and covers the window.
  • Page 241: If A Deployment Occurs

    SAFETY If A Deployment Occurs The Side Air Bags and seat belt pretensioners will not WARNING! deploy in all rollover events. The rollover sensing system The front air bags are designed to deflate immediately determines if a rollover event may be in progress and against the seats.
  • Page 242: Enhanced Accident Response System Reset Procedure

    SAFETY Enhanced Accident Response System Your vehicle may also be designed to perform any of WARNING! these other functions in response to the Enhanced Acci- Reset Procedure dent Response System: Deployed air bags and seat belt pretensioners cannot In order to reset the Enhanced Accident Response Sys- •...
  • Page 243: Child Restraints

    SAFETY NOTE: WARNING! EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non- air bag system service. If your seat, including your trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by trim cover and cushion, needs to be serviced in the EDR under normal driving conditions and no per- any way (including removal or loosening/tightening sonal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location)
  • Page 244: Summary Of Recommendations For Restraining Children In Vehicles

    SAFETY seat Owner’s Manual to make sure you have the correct WARNING! seat for your child. Carefully read and follow all the instructions and warnings in the child restraint Owner’s badly injured or killed. Any child riding in your Manual and on all the labels attached to the child vehicle should be in a proper restraint for the restraint.
  • Page 245: Older Children And Child Restraints

    SAFETY 4. Is the lap part of the belt as low as possible, touch- WARNING! WARNING! ing the child’s thighs and not the stomach? • • Never place a rear-facing child restraint in front of Improper installation can lead to failure of an 5.
  • Page 246: Recommendations For Attaching Child Restraints

    SAFETY Recommendations For Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of the Use Any Attachment Method Shown With An “X” Below Child + Child Restraint LATCH – Lower Anchors Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Anchors Seat Belt + Top Tether Only + Top Tether Anchor Anchor...
  • Page 247 SAFETY Eight Passenger (Second Row Bench) LATCH Positions Lower Anchorage Symbol (2 Anchorages Per Seat- ing Position) Top Tether Anchorage Symbol Frequently Asked Questions About Installing Child Restraints With LATCH Use the LATCH anchorage system until the combined weight of the What is the weight limit (child’s weight + weight of the child child and the child restraint is 65 lb (29.5 kg).
  • Page 248: Locating The Latch Anchorages

    SAFETY Frequently Asked Questions About Installing Child Restraints With LATCH The child seat may touch the back of the front passenger seat if the Can the rear-facing child restraint touch the back of the front pas- child restraint manufacturer also allows contact. See your child senger seat? restraint owner’s manual for more information.
  • Page 249: Center Seat Latch

    SAFETY Always follow the directions of the child restraint equipped with a tether strap. The tether strap will have manufacturer when installing your child restraint. Not a hook at the end to attach to the top tether anchorage all child restraint systems will be installed as described and a way to tighten the strap after it is attached to the here.
  • Page 250: How To Stow An Unused Switchable-Alr (Alr) Seat Belt

    SAFETY 5. Tighten all of the straps as you push the child The seat belts in the passenger seating positions are WARNING! restraint rearward and downward into the seat. equipped with a Switchable Automatic Locking Retrac- Remove slack in the straps according to the child tor (ALR) that is designed to keep the lap portion of the •...
  • Page 251 SAFETY Eight Passenger (Second Row Bench) Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) Locations ALR — Switchable Automatic Locking Retractor Top Tether Anchorage Symbol Frequently Asked Questions About Installing Child Restraints With Seat Belts What is the weight limit (child’s weight + weight of the Always use the tether anchor when using the seat belt to child restraint) for using the Tether Anchor with the seat Weight limit of the Child Restraint...
  • Page 252: Installing A Child Restraint With A Switchable Automatic Locking Retractor (Alr)

    SAFETY Installing A Child Restraint With A Installing Child Restraints Using The Top 5. To lock the seat belt, pull down on the shoulder part Switchable Automatic Locking Retractor of the belt until you have pulled all the seat belt Tether Anchorage webbing out of the retractor.
  • Page 253: Safety Tips

    SAFETY 2. Route the tether strap to provide the most direct WARNING! path for the strap between the anchor and the child seat. If your vehicle is equipped with adjustable rear • If your vehicle is equipped with a split rear seat, head restraints, raise the head restraint, and where make sure the tether strap does not slip into the possible, route the tether strap under the head...
  • Page 254: Connected Vehicles

    SAFETY Air Bag Warning Light Pets should be restrained in the rear seat (if equipped) WARNING! in pet harnesses or pet carriers that are secured by The Air Bag Warning Light will turn on for seat belts. An improperly attached, damaged, folded, or stacked four to eight seconds as a bulb check when floor mat, or damaged floor mat fasteners may cause the ignition switch is first placed in the...
  • Page 255: Periodic Safety Checks You Should Make Outside The Vehicle

    SAFETY Lights WARNING! WARNING! Have someone observe the operation of brake lights • • ALWAYS make sure objects cannot fall or slide into If it is necessary to sit in a parked vehicle with the and exterior lights while you work the controls. Check the driver’s side floor area when the vehicle is engine running, adjust your heating or cooling con- turn signal and high beam indicator lights on the instru-...
  • Page 256 SAFETY WARNING! vehicle is stopped in an open area with the engine running for more than a short period, adjust the ventilation system to force fresh, outside air into the vehicle. • Guard against carbon monoxide with proper main- tenance. Have the exhaust system inspected every time the vehicle is raised.
  • Page 257: In Case Of Emergency

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS are working. Pressing the SOS button on the overhead console will illuminate the light within the button. When With extended use, the Hazard Warning Flashers may the connection between the vehicle and a public safety discharge the battery.
  • Page 258 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY You will then be able to speak with the emergency ser- Even if the SOS-Emergency Call system is fully func- WARNING! vice operator to determine if additional help is needed. tional, external or uncontrolled factors may prevent or stop SOS-Emergency Call operation.
  • Page 259: Jacking And Tire Changing

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY WARNING! WARNING! WARNING! • • Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and Being under a jacked-up vehicle is dangerous. The Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle vehicle could slip off the jack and fall on you.
  • Page 260: Jack And Tools Location

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY JACK AND TOOLS LOCATION 3. Pull up to remove jack and tools from storage. The scissor-type jack and tire changing tools are located in the rear cargo area, under the load floor. 1. Lift up on the load floor handle to access the jack and tool storage.
  • Page 261: Spare Tire Removal

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 3. Fit the jack handle extension over the drive nut. Use the wheel lug wrench and extension to completely lower the spare tire. Keep turning the handle coun- terclockwise until the winch stops. Spare Tire Location Jacking Tool Assembly 1 —...
  • Page 262: Jacking Instructions

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 6. Slide the retainer up the steel extension tube and WARNING! winch cable. Rotate the retainer and push it through the hole in the wheel. • Do not get under the vehicle when it is on a jack. If you need to get under a raised vehicle, take it to a service center where it can be raised on a lift.
  • Page 263 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Jacking Locations Front Lifting Point Rear Lifting Point CAUTION! Do not attempt to raise the vehicle by jacking on loca- tions other than those indicated in the Jacking Instructions for this vehicle. 3. When changing a front tire, place the scissor jack under the front chassis lifting point, as indicated by the triangular lift point symbol shown in the follow- ing image.
  • Page 264 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY WARNING! WARNING! Raising the vehicle higher than necessary can make To avoid the risk of forcing the vehicle off the jack, do the vehicle less stable. It could slip off the jack and not tighten the wheel nuts fully until the vehicle has hurt someone near it.
  • Page 265: Integrated Tire Compressor Kit - If Equipped

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: 15. Have the road wheel and tire repaired as soon as possible and properly secure the spare tire, jack Double check to ensure the tire is snug against the and tool kit. underbody of the vehicle. Damage to the winch cable may result if the vehicle is driven with the tire NOTE: loose.
  • Page 266 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Using The Integrated Tire Compressor For Inflating: NOTE: To prevent battery discharge, it is recommended to have the engine running while using the tire compressor. 1. Uncoil the air hose and then remove the cap from the fitting at the end of the hose.
  • Page 267: Jump Starting

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY WARNING! WARNING! CAUTION! • The compressor gets hot during use, to avoid injury Tire deflation should be used for off road purposes Do not use a portable battery booster pack or any take care when handling the hose quick connector only and not for city or highway driving other booster source with a system voltage greater after use.
  • Page 268: Jump Starting Procedure

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 4. Connect the opposite end of the negative (-) jumper See the following steps to prepare for jump starting: WARNING! cable to a good engine ground. A “ground” is an 1. Apply the parking brake, shift the automatic trans- •...
  • Page 269: Refueling In Emergency

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY CAUTION! CAUTION! Do not run the booster vehicle engine above Accessories plugged into the vehicle power outlets 2,000 RPM since it provides no charging benefit, draw power from the vehicle’s battery, even when not wastes fuel, and can damage booster vehicle engine. in use (i.e., cellular devices, etc.).
  • Page 270: If Your Engine Overheats

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY • Turn the temperature control to maximum heat, the IF YOUR ENGINE OVERHEATS mode control to floor and the blower control to high. This allows the heater core to act as a supplement If the vehicle is overheating, it will need to be serviced to the radiator and aids in removing heat from the by an authorized dealer.
  • Page 271 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Follow These Steps To Activate The Manual Park Release: 1. Apply firm pressure to the brake pedal while seated in the driver’s seat. 2. Apply the Electric Park Brake (EPB), if possible. Access Cover Tether Strap 4.
  • Page 272: Freeing A Stuck Vehicle

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY Use the least amount of accelerator pedal pressure CAUTION! that will maintain the rocking motion without spinning the wheels or racing the engine. • Revving the engine or spinning the wheels too fast may lead to transmission overheating and failure. NOTE: It can also damage the tires.
  • Page 273: Towing A Disabled Vehicle

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY TOWING A DISABLED VEHICLE This section describes procedures for towing a disabled vehicle using a commercial towing service. If the transmission and drivetrain are operable, disabled 4x4 vehicles may also be towed as described on page 163. Towing Condition Wheels OFF The Ground Rear-Wheel Drive Models...
  • Page 274: Four-Wheel Drive Models

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY NOTE: CAUTION! CAUTION! For off road recovery, it is recommended to use both of the front tow hooks to minimize the risk of damage to • • Towing faster than 30 mph (48 km/h) or farther Front or rear wheel lifts must not be used (if the the vehicle.
  • Page 275: Enhanced Accident Response System (Ears)

    IN CASE OF EMERGENCY CAUTION! Tow hooks are for emergency use only, to rescue a vehicle stranded off road. Do not use tow hooks for tow truck hookup or highway towing. You could dam- age your vehicle. ENHANCED ACCIDENT RESPONSE SYSTEM (EARS) This vehicle is equipped with an Enhanced Accident Response System.
  • Page 276: Servicing And Maintenance

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULED SERVICING Refer to the “Service And Warranty Handbook (Auto Biography)” for scheduled servicing. ENGINE COMPARTMENT 3.0L ENGINE 1 — Intercooler Coolant Pressure Cap 5 — Battery 2 — Engine Coolant Pressure Cap 6 — Engine Air Cleaner, Filter 3 —...
  • Page 277: Checking Oil Level - 3.0L Engines

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE • CHECKING OIL LEVEL — 3.0L Turn the engine off and cycle the ignition back to the RUN position. Wait four minutes with the engine off, ENGINES and the ignition in the RUN position. Oil Level Ok •...
  • Page 278: Adding Washer Fluid

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE NOTE: ADDING WASHER FLUID MAINTENANCE-FREE BATTERY • After adding oil to the engine, always reinstall the oil The instrument cluster display will indicate when the Your vehicle is equipped with a maintenance-free bat- cap securely by rotating clockwise until it stops. washer fluid level is low.
  • Page 279: Pressure Washing

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE TREADWEAR CAUTION! WARNING! The Treadwear grade is a comparative • If a “fast charger” is used while the battery is in The traction grade assigned to this the vehicle, disconnect both vehicle battery cables rating, based on the wear rate of the tire is based on straight-ahead brak- before connecting the charger to the battery.
  • Page 280: Engine Oil

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE available which include detailed service information for The API Donut trademark certifies ENGINE OIL FILTER your vehicle. Refer to these Service Manuals before 0W-40 and 5W-40 engine oil. The engine oil filter should be replaced with a new filter attempting any procedure yourself.
  • Page 281: Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspection And Replacement

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspection and 1. Install the engine air cleaner filter into the housing WARNING! Replacement assembly with the engine air cleaner filter inspec- tion surface facing downward. • The air conditioning system contains refrigerant Engine Air Cleaner Filter Removal under high pressure.
  • Page 282 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 2. With the glove compartment door open, remove the 6. Push the outside retaining tabs towards the cabin glove compartment tension tether and tether clip by air filter cover to release the cover from the HVAC sliding the clip toward the face of the glove compart- housing.
  • Page 283: Accessory Drive Belt Inspection

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE 12. Reattach the glove compartment tension tether by inserting the tether clip in the glove compartment and sliding the clip away from the face of the glove compartment door. NOTE: Ensure the glove compartment door hinges and glove compartment travel stops are fully engaged.
  • Page 284: Body Lubrication

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE NOTE: BODY LUBRICATION Life expectancy of wiper blades varies depending on Locks and all body pivot points, including such items as geographical area and frequency of use. Poor perfor- seat tracks, door hinge pivot points and rollers, liftgate, mance of blades may be present with chattering, tailgate, decklid, sliding doors and hood hinges, should marks, water lines or wet spots.
  • Page 285: Exhaust System

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE have an authorized technician inspect the complete exhaust system and adjacent body areas for broken, dam- aged, deteriorated, or mispositioned parts. Open seams or loose connections could permit exhaust fumes to seep into the passenger compartment. In addition, have the exhaust system inspected each time the vehicle is raised for lubrication or oil changes.
  • Page 286: Cooling System

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cooling System — Drain, Flush And Refill COOLING SYSTEM CAUTION! NOTE: malfunction could cause the converter to overheat, WARNING! resulting in possible damage to the converter and Some vehicles require special tools to add coolant prop- vehicle. erly.
  • Page 287: Adding Coolant

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE • • This vehicle has not been designed for use with pro- Use only high purity water such as distilled or deion- The cap should be inspected and cleaned if there is any pylene glycol-based engine coolant. Use of propyl- ized water when mixing the water/engine coolant accumulation of foreign material on the sealing ene glycol-based engine coolant is not...
  • Page 288: Brake System

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Fluid Level Check — Brake Master • The radiator normally remains completely full, so there Maintain engine coolant concentration at a mini- is no need to remove the radiator/coolant pressure cap mum of 50% OAT coolant (conforming to MS.90032) Cylinder unless checking for engine coolant freeze point or and distilled water for proper corrosion protection of...
  • Page 289: Automatic Transmission

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE the transmission has no dipstick. An authorized dealer WARNING! CAUTION! can check your transmission fluid level using special • service tools. If you notice fluid leakage or transmission Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in Using a transmission fluid other than the manufactur- malfunction, visit an authorized dealer immediately to spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts, causing er’s recommended fluid may cause deterioration in...
  • Page 290: Transfer Case

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Selection Of Lubricant When a device does not work, you must check the fuse CAUTION! element inside the blade fuse for a break/melt. Use only the manufacturer's recommended fluid Also, please be aware that using power outlets for Do not overtighten the plugs as it could damage them page 317.
  • Page 291 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE CAUTION! When installing the Power Distribution Center cover, it is important to ensure the cover is properly posi- tioned and fully latched. Failure to do so may allow water to get into the Power Distribution Center and possibly result in an electrical system failure.
  • Page 292 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – – Crank Batt 80 Amp Gray – Elec Pwr Str #1 500 Amp Gray – Starter 250 Amp Gray – Alternator 80 Amp Gray – Elec Pwr Str #2 Shunt –...
  • Page 293 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 20 Amp Blue XFR Fuel Pump * – – SPARE 50 Amp Red – BSM Motor #2 * 30 Amp Pink – Rear Defroster – – Spare –...
  • Page 294 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 30 Amp Green Air Suspension Valves – – Spare – 20 Amp Yellow Fuel Pmp * / FPCM * – – Spare – – Spare – 20 Amp Yellow Headlamp LT –...
  • Page 295 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 5 Amp Tan MGU * 30 Amp Pink – Front Wiper – – Spare – 20 Amp Yellow TCM SBW – 20 Amp Yellow Short Runner Valve / ECM Fuel INJ * / Surge Solenoid * / Oil Sensor * / Air Valve * / OBD –...
  • Page 296 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped F98B – 15 Amp Blue Pmp Battery Cooling * – – Spare F100 – – Spare F101 – – Spare F102 25 Amp Clear – Fuel Pmp * F103 –...
  • Page 297 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – – Spare – – Spare – 15 Amp Blue MOD Seat Heater Frt (Steering Wheel) * – 10 Amp Red Night Vision Module / Driver Monitoring Camera (DMC) –...
  • Page 298 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare MOD ICS Switch Bank / SW Bank Upper / SW EPB / Aux Switch Bank –...
  • Page 299 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 15 Amp Blue MOD Cluster CCN / MOD SGW (Cybersecurity) 30 Amp Pink – MOD Inverter 150W – – Spare F47A – – Spare F47B – – Spare F48A –...
  • Page 300 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped Port UC1 Dual USB Frt / Wireless Charging Pad MOD (WCPM) - High/ F63A – 15 Amp Blue Premium Only F63B – 15 Amp Blue Telematics Box Module (TBM) / Mod-DCSD /Mod FPDM F64A –...
  • Page 301: Rear Power Distribution Center

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Rear Power Distribution Center Rear Power Distribution Center Location The Rear Power Distribution Center is located behind a trim cover of the rear driver’s side quarter panel. This center contains cartridge fuses, micro fuses, relays, and circuit breakers.
  • Page 302 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped 150 Amp Gray – Underhood Power Distribution Center Battery Feed – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare –...
  • Page 303 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – – Spare – – Spare 30 Amp Pink – MOD Memory / Power Seat (Passenger Frt) F29A – 10 Amp Red Animation Lighting RR-RT F29B – 10 Amp Red Animation Lighting RR-LT 30 Amp Pink –...
  • Page 304 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare Seat Massage Driver Mod (SSMD) / Seat Massage Passenger Mod – 15 Amp Blue (SSMP) * – – Spare –...
  • Page 305 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Cavity Cartridge Fuse Micro Fuse Description * If Equipped – 10 Amp Red Video Routing Module (VRM) – 5 Amp Beige Smart Door Handle Driver – – Spare – – Spare – – Spare – 5 Amp Beige Smart Door Handle Rear Lt.
  • Page 306: Bulb Replacement

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Tire Inflation Pressures BULB REPLACEMENT WARNING! The proper cold tire inflation pressure is listed on the Replacement Bulbs, Names, And Part • Overinflated or underinflated tires can affect driver's side B-pillar or rear edge of the driver's side vehicle handling and can fail suddenly, resulting in Numbers door.
  • Page 307: Tire Pressures For High Speed Operation

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE NOTE: Example: If garage temperature = 68°F (20°C) and the WARNING! outside temperature = 32°F (0°C) then the cold tire TPMS sensor must be replaced after driving the vehicle inflation pressure should be increased by 3 psi tires in sets of four.
  • Page 308: Life Of Tire

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE • Performance tires, tires with a speed rating of V or It is recommended to replace the two front tires or two higher, and Summer tires typically have a reduced rear tires as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously tread life.
  • Page 309: Tire Types

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE CAUTION! WARNING! CAUTION! Replacing original tires with tires of a different size Do not use Summer tires in snow/ice conditions. You Because of the reduced ground clearance, do not may result in false speedometer and odometer could lose vehicle control, resulting in severe injury or take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with readings.
  • Page 310: Collapsible Spare Tire - If Equipped

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE Do not install a wheel cover or attempt to mount a con- Do not install a wheel cover or attempt to mount a con- spare tire affects vehicle handling. Since it is not the ventional tire on the compact spare wheel, since the ventional tire on the collapsible spare wheel, since the same as your original equipment tire, replace (or repair) wheel is designed specifically for the compact spare...
  • Page 311: Tire Rotation Recommendations

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE CAUTION! CAUTION! Avoid products or automatic car washes that use If your vehicle is equipped with these specialty acidic solutions or strong alkaline additives or harsh wheels, DO NOT USE wheel cleaners, abrasives, or brushes. Many aftermarket wheel cleaners and auto- polishing compounds.
  • Page 312: Treadwear

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE TREADWEAR air conditioning system at idle for about five minutes WARNING! in the fresh air and high blower setting. This will ensure adequate system lubrication to minimize the The Treadwear grade is a comparative The traction grade assigned to this tire possibility of compressor damage when the system rating, based on the wear rate of the is based on straight-ahead braking...
  • Page 313: Body And Underbody Maintenance

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE INTERIORS BODY AND UNDERBODY CAUTION! MAINTENANCE • Do not use abrasive or strong cleaning materials SEATS AND FABRIC PARTS such as steel wool or scouring powder that will Cleaning Headlights scratch metal and painted surfaces. Use Mopar® Total Clean to clean fabric upholstery and Your vehicle is equipped with plastic headlights and fog •...
  • Page 314: Plastic And Coated Parts

    SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE The leather upholstery can be best preserved by regular WARNING! cleaning with a damp soft cloth. Small particles of dirt can act as an abrasive and damage the leather uphol- conditions, take your vehicle to an authorized FCA stery and should be removed promptly with a damp dealer or authorized FCA Certified Collision Care Pro- cloth.
  • Page 315: Technical Specifications

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) In the event power assist is lost for any reason the brakes will still function. However, the effort required to brake the vehicle will be much greater than that The VIN is found on a label located on the left front cor- required with the power system operating.
  • Page 316: Fuel Requirements

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Poor quality gasoline can cause problems such as hard WARNING! starting, stalling, and hesitations. If you experience these symptoms, try another brand of gasoline before Do not use gasolines containing methanol. Use of considering service for the vehicle. these blends may result in starting and drivability problems and may damage critical fuel system 3.0L STANDARD OUTPUT ENGINE...
  • Page 317: Materials Added To Fuel

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The use of reformulated gasoline is recommended. DO NOT USE E-85 IN NON-FLEX METHYLCYCLOPENTADIENYL Properly blended reformulated gasoline will provide FUEL VEHICLES MANGANESE TRICARBONYL (MMT) improved performance and durability of engine and fuel system components. IN GASOLINE Non-Flex Fuel Vehicles (FFV) are compatible with gaso- line containing up to 15% ethanol (E-15).
  • Page 318: Engine Fluids And Lubricants

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Component Metric Auxiliary Tank 12.0 gal 45.4 L Engine Oil With Filter 3.0L Engine 7.5 qt 7.1 L Cooling System * 3.0L Engine 16.6 qt 15.7 L 3.0L Engine Intercooler 3.2 qt 3.0 L * Includes heater and coolant recovery bottle filled to MAX level. ENGINE FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS Component Fluid, Lubricant, or Genuine Part...
  • Page 319: Chassis Fluids And Lubricants

    TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Component Fluid, Lubricant, or Genuine Part We recommend using Mopar® API Certified SAE 0W-40 Full Synthetic Engine Oil, which meets the requirements of the manufacturer Material Standard MS-A0921. Equivalent full synthetic SAE 0W-40 engine oil can be used but must have the API Donut trademark with a certification level of API-SP or later page 278.
  • Page 320: Customer Assistance

    CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE FCA INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS SERVICE CONTRACT Mopar® Vehicle Protection Plans offer valuable protec- FCA International Operations LLC and its authorized tion against repair costs when these warranties no lon- Here are the contact details of the FCA Middle East dealers are vitally interested in your satisfaction.
  • Page 321 INDEX INDEX Air Conditioning Automatic Transmission ...106, 113 Rear ..... .62 Adding Fluid .
  • Page 322 INDEX Bulb Replacement....304 Climate Control ....57 Door Ajar .
  • Page 323 INDEX Compartment Identification ..274 Fluid Level Checks Gross Axle Weight Rating ... . .155 Cooling ....284 Brake .
  • Page 324 INDEX Switch .....20 Keys ......16 Hill Descent Control Indicator .
  • Page 325 INDEX Memory Feature (Memory Seats) ..30 Filter Disposal ....278 Mirrors .....50 Memory Seat .
  • Page 326 INDEX Rear Cross Path ....217 Screen, Passenger ....187 Vented .
  • Page 327 INDEX Steering Inflation Pressure ....304 Transmission ....113 Power .....121 Life Of Tires .
  • Page 328 INDEX Warnings, Roll Over ....9 Washers, Windshield ... . .56, 276 Washing Vehicle ....311 Wheel And Wheel Tire Care .
  • Page 333 ٣٩٤ ٣١ ..‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ )ا‬Passive Entry ٦١ .. (‫ر‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ )أ‬Daytime Running Lights ( ‫ )ا اد‬Radio FireTV ٢٤١ ......‫ت‬...
  • Page 334 ٣٩٣ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠٣ ....٢٥٥ ... ١٣٤...
  • Page 335 ٣٩٢ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٩ ....٨٩ ....٣٧٧...
  • Page 336 ٣٩١ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ١٢١, ١٢٢ ..٣٨٤ ..... . ١٩...
  • Page 337 ٣٩٠ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٩ ....٣٨٠ ..... . . ٣٨٠...
  • Page 338 ٣٨٩ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٧ ..... . ٣١٢ ....٣٨٠...
  • Page 339 ٣٨٨ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر اآ ف‬ ٨٥ ......٢٣ ... . ‫وا‬...
  • Page 340 ٣٨٧ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ذو ت‬ ٣١٥ ..... ٣٧١ ....٢٢٩...
  • Page 341 ٣٨٦ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٢, ٣١٠ ....‫ف‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ١١٧ .. . (‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫)و‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ١١٤, ١١٥ ... . ً...
  • Page 342 ٣٨٥ ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ FCA INTERNATIONAL ‫ء‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ OPERATIONS LLC FCA International Operations ‫آ‬ !‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ر‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ك. إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫آ ً ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 343 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٣٨٤ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ز ت‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا أو ز ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ أو‬Mopar® ZF 8 & 9 Speed ATF ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ .
  • Page 344 ٣٨٣ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا أو ز ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا ي‬Mopar® SAE 0W-20 ‫ك ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ز‬ ‫ك ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ز‬ ‫ا‬ . ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ MS-6395 ‫ر...
  • Page 345 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٣٨٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ (‫ي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Metric (‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ )ا‬US ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫001 ً ا‬ ً 26.5 ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫511 ً ا‬ ً 30.5 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 346 ٣٨١ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ E-85 ‫د‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ (MMT) ّ ُ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ام و د‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫د إ‬ ‫ ه‬MMT ‫إن دة‬ ‫ا‬ (FFV) ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 347 ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ٣٨٠ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ك. إن ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ات‬ ‫م‬ ‫أو آ ل ا‬ ‫)ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ز‬ ‫أداء‬ ‫ث ا زات و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 348 ٣٧٩ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫إ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ (VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أي آ أو أ اء‬ . ‫ن ا ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬...
  • Page 349 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً Mopar® ‫ل‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ش ا‬ Mopar® ‫ل‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و/أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ل و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ش ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دي ذ‬ ،‫ي‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 350 ٣٧٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫أو إذا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ق‬ ‫رة‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫. وذ‬ ‫اض ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ • ‫ل، و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 351 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٦ ‫وث ا آ ؟‬ ‫ا ي دي إ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ء و‬ ‫ج ه ر ا‬ ‫ا آ ه‬ ، ‫أ‬ ‫رة آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬...
  • Page 352 ٣٧٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا آ ب‬ ‫إ رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫در ت‬ ‫إ‬ ‫را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ، ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 353 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٤ ‫م‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذي ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ال‬ ، ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً و ً ا‬ ‫أول‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ل )أو أ‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وإ دة آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ح( ا‬...
  • Page 354 ٣٧٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة. ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 355 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٢ ‫رات‬ ‫أ اع ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا داء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رات‬ ‫ت أ أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن أ‬ ، ‫وا‬ ‫ا رض ا‬ ‫/ا‬...
  • Page 356 ٣٧١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫وز ا ا ت‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا اس إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا ا ت وا‬ 1/16) ‫أو‬ ً ‫أو‬ ً ‫م إ ً را أو‬ •...
  • Page 357 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٠ .‫ا ر‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ال ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج إ‬ ‫ودة و‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إ‬ ً ‫ن‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ، ً ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫غ‬ ‫إ...
  • Page 358 ٣٦٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫د‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ."‫ر ا رد‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ " ً ‫رات ه دا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 359: Tire Pressure

    ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ SNSR_UWB (1-7) ‫أزرق‬ ‫51 أ‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – * ‫ح ا اآ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ ‫أزرق‬ ‫51 أ‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ –...
  • Page 360 ٣٦٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ – B+ ‫ا ع‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ – ‫وردي‬ ‫03 أ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا آ آ‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 361 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – F42B ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – (‫ل‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ – F44A ( ‫ر‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ –...
  • Page 362 ٣٦٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ( ‫/ ا اآ‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – MUX ‫و ة ب ا اآ‬ – ‫وردي‬...
  • Page 363 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر‬ – ‫ر دي‬ ‫051 أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬...
  • Page 364 ٣٦٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت و ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ي ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء آ ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ .‫ات‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 365 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ / و ة‬UC1 ‫ة‬ ‫دوج‬ ‫ أ‬USB ‫أزرق‬ ‫51 أ‬ – F63A ‫ز‬ /‫( - ٍ ل‬WCPM) ‫(/و ة‬DCSD) ‫(/و ة‬TBM) ‫ت‬ ‫ت...
  • Page 366 ٣٦١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – F47A ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – F47B ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – F48A ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – F48B (MD KIN) ‫ل‬ ‫/ و ة ا‬ ‫ر...
  • Page 367 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ / ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ / ICS ‫و ة‬ ‫( / و ة ا‬ASBM) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 368 ٣٥٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – (HVAC) ‫ا اء‬ ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ك‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫04 أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ –...
  • Page 369 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٨ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ي ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت و ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ة وا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 370 ٣٥٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ – ‫أزرق‬ ‫02 أ‬ * ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ – ‫ف‬ ‫52 أ‬...
  • Page 371 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – * ISCM/* ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ /* ‫ل‬ ‫ء ا‬ /* ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫02 أ‬...
  • Page 372 ٣٥٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ BPCM ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬ – CVPAM ‫أ‬ ‫01 أ‬ – ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أ‬ ‫03 أ‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – * FPCM / * ‫د‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 373 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ * XFR ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرق‬ ‫02 أ‬ – ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – – * 2 ‫( ر‬BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ – ‫أ‬ ‫05 أ‬...
  • Page 374 ٣٥٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ 2 ‫ً ر‬ ‫ز آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – ‫ر دي‬ ‫08 أ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ – ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫و‬ – ‫ر دي‬ ‫001 أ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 375 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٢ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫* إذا آ‬ ‫ر ذراع ا و‬ – – 1 ‫ً ر‬ ‫ز آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ – ‫ر دي‬ ‫08 أ‬ ‫ز ء ا‬ –...
  • Page 376 ٣٥١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا آ‬ ‫؛‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫، وا آ أ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل ا ء إ‬ ‫م ا م‬ .‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬...
  • Page 377 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٥٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا وران ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ادة‬ ‫ا ع‬ ،‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادة‬ ‫ع‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ز‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ً ا ا‬ .‫أو أي دة أ ى‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ . ‫ذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 378 ٣٤٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أدوات‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫أي‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫آ ، و‬ ‫أي‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫أي‬ ‫م و‬ ‫و‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ذي ا‬ • ‫ى‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫رة ا آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 379 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٨ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ه ة أي أ‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫دة‬ ،‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ى أداء‬ ‫آ‬ . ً ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 380 ٣٤٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا أ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫خ ا‬ ، ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫إزا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 381 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٦ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫ذي‬ ‫وإ دة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫وإ دة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫— ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( وا ي‬OAT) ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذي‬ ‫ا‬ ) (OAT) ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ MS.90032 ‫ر...
  • Page 382 ٣٤٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫إ اء أ‬ .‫د‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫؛ ا‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫و‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫ا ر‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ام...
  • Page 383 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٤ ‫م ا دم‬ ‫ك‬ ، ‫ة ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫آ /إزا‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫و ًا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ب ز أول أآ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ك‬ ‫م دم ا‬ ‫ه‬...
  • Page 384 ٣٤٣ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ل ذراع‬ ، ‫أو ذراع ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ع‬ ) ‫ء‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ول إ‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫وا‬...
  • Page 385 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٢ ‫ق‬ ‫و د ا‬ ،‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وق‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫دة‬ ‫زاو ا ب‬ ‫01. ا‬ ‫رج‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا زات إ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 386 ٣٤١ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫6. اد أ‬ ،‫ا رج‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫5. ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫وق ا زات‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 387 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤٠ ‫ه اء‬ ‫م‬ ‫أي‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا اء‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أن‬ ‫و ت‬ ‫إن ا‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ط، وإ‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ R-134a ‫وإ دة و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 388 ٣٣٩ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫أي‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ز‬ ) ‫ا اء‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ب( إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، إ ( در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬...
  • Page 389 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٨ ‫ول‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در ت ا‬ (API) ‫ا‬ A‫ و‬AA ‫، ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫در ت ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ن ا ه ن وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا آ ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 390 ٣٣٧ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ى وزارة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫در ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر وا‬ ‫اف ا‬ ‫ب وأ‬ ‫ي أ‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا دارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا ر ت ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ص...
  • Page 391 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٦ • • ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إ ف‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ً ا إ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ت إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫أر د‬ ‫ك وإ دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫دا ً و‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ً...
  • Page 392 ٣٣٥ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ت‬ ‫— ا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا أ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫خ ا‬ ‫ات‬ ، ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ك ا ي‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫إزا أي‬ .‫ك‬...
  • Page 393 ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٣٤ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ور‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ور‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ "(‫رة‬ ‫ة ا ا‬ ‫ن )ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫"آ‬ ‫را‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫5 — ا‬ ‫ا ُ د ا‬ ‫ء‬ — 1 ‫ك‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ —...
  • Page 394 ٣٣٣ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ام‬ ‫آ ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ (EARS) ‫ف ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫، أزل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫أي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م...
  • Page 395 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٣٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ز ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، أو آ ن‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫( أو‬ / ‫)84 آ‬ ‫ً /ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت ا ر‬ ‫ر آ ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫ً )84 آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أو...
  • Page 396 ٣٣١ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫رة‬ ‫اءات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ .١٩٥ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4×4 ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫أ‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ُ...
  • Page 397 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٣٠ ‫ت‬ ‫ك أو و ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز دة‬ • ‫ً ا آ ً ا. و‬ ‫أن‬ ‫رات‬ ‫إدارة ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ار ع در‬ ‫آ ة إ‬ ‫ت إ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫دي ا ة ا‬ .‫رات‬...
  • Page 398 ٣٢٩ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫( وا‬D) ‫ا دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ / ‫ت 8 آ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ . ‫( أو أ‬ /‫أ ل‬ ، ‫ة‬ (N) ( ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫أن‬ REVERSE ‫( أو...
  • Page 399 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٢٨ :‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دي دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س در‬ ‫ز‬ ‫رة. إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫(، إن أ‬EPB) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 400 ٣٢٧ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫و‬ ‫، و‬ ‫أ ب ا‬ ‫5. أزل ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫اق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د و‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ك أو ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 401 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٢٦ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ود‬ ‫ر‬ ‫آ ت ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف آ‬ ‫1. ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫د ا ص‬ ‫ا ود‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 402 ٣٢٥ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫آ ت ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫م‬ ‫3. إذا آ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ف ا‬ ،‫ر أ ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن دي‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ر ت‬ ‫ي ا‬ • ‫و آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 403 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٢٤ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة ذات‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ك‬ (‫ق‬ ‫" )إ‬CLOSE" ‫ا‬ ‫م ا اء إ‬ ‫زة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر أ ى‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة دور . ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ورا‬...
  • Page 404 ٣٢٣ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ارة. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى آ‬ ، ‫ارة ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫د وإ دة‬ ‫اء‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ام، و‬ ‫ً أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ب‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 405 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٢٢ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ك أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ن‬ ، ‫إ رات‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إن‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 406 ٣٢١ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫21. أ ل ا ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ة أ ى‬ ‫ود ا‬ ‫ً ة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫وا دوات إ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫31. أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 407 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣٢٠ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آًا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫رة‬ ‫5. ار ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ذي ة‬ ‫ح ر‬ ‫ام‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دارة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 408 ٣١٩ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ، ‫إ ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ، ‫إ ر أ‬ ‫، ا ُ ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫، ا ُ ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ّ...
  • Page 409 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣١٨ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫)دون إزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رب‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫وا ة أ ء و د ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ .‫ا رض‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 410 ٣١٧ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وق ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫ادة و‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫إ اج ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة. و‬ ‫و ر ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫أ ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 411 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣١٦ ‫ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫اج ا ا‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أدوات ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫إ اج ا ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ف ا‬ — 1 ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ر‬ — 2 ‫ح‬...
  • Page 412 ٣١٥ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا دوات‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأدوات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫ك أ ء‬ ‫رة أو و ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫أر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 413 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣١٤ ‫إ اء‬ ‫إر‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ر ؟‬ SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫إر ل إ رة إ‬ SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ت‬ ً ‫ء‬ ‫أي‬ • ‫ر‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إر ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 414 ٣١٣ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ، SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ارئ و ر‬ ‫ا‬ SOS ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا ا‬ ،‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د أن‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ات‬ ‫د ت وا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 415 ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ٣١٢ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫وري ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫زر وا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ .‫ً...
  • Page 416 ٣١١ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ز ا دم‬ ‫د‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة ا آ ب. و‬ ‫دا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا دم‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م ا دم‬ ‫ذ ، ا‬ .‫ة‬...
  • Page 417 ‫ا‬ ٣١٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، آ‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫إذا‬ • ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ر‬ ‫ّ آ إ‬ • ‫. ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ً...
  • Page 418 ٣٠٩ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دات أر‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إ اؤه دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص ا‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ر‬ ‫ّ آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫دة أر‬ ‫م...
  • Page 419 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٨ ‫ت‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر ء‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ّ ‫2. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫، ر‬ ‫رأس‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ّ ل ا ي‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 420 ٣٠٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا‬ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ن،...
  • Page 421 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٦ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ (ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رآ ب )ا‬ (ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ - ALR ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 422 ٣٠٥ ‫ا‬ ‫س ا اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و أ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫4. إذا آ ن‬ ‫( ا‬ALR) ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ت آ‬ ‫ف‬ ٣٠٧ ‫را‬ ‫ت‬...
  • Page 423 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٤ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ً ‫دو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ :‫رآ ب‬ ‫وا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا اردة ه‬ ‫ت ا آ‬ ‫آ . و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 424 ٣٠٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ :‫رآ ب‬ ‫وا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن دا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫و دة ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫دة أ‬ ‫، وه‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 425 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٢ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل آ‬ ‫او‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ع وزن ا‬ ‫ن‬ LATCH ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ (‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫+ وزن‬ ‫ا زن )وزن ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 426 ٣٠١ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ LATCH ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أو ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رآ ب )ا‬ (LATCH) ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 427 ‫ا‬ ٣٠٠ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫3. ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ك ا‬ ، ‫أو ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫وا راع؟‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫إن ا‬ ‫ام...
  • Page 428 ٢٩٩ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫م‬ ‫م أداء‬ ‫أن دي إ‬ ‫ء ا آ‬ • ‫ا إ‬ ‫، أو‬ ‫غ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 429 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫اء أي‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م وأ اع‬ ‫ه ك أ‬ ‫أ ً ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫ل ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً و‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ءا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ،‫دم‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 430 ٢٩٧ ‫ا‬ (EDR) ‫ادث‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ادث‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫دم آ ؛ و‬ ‫وث‬ ‫( إ‬EDR) ‫ادث‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ز‬ ‫(. ا ف ا‬EDR) ‫وف ا دة‬ EDR ‫ز‬...
  • Page 431 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٦ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة 51 د‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫و ع دث، آ‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫م ا‬ LOCK/( ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF) (‫ف‬ ‫ )ا‬STOP •...
  • Page 432 ٢٩٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و/أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً و ادات أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ام. وه ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫( ا وا‬ORC) ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 433 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٤ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة )إذا آ‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ادث ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا خ ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫أم‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا...
  • Page 434 ٢٩٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( )إذا آ‬SABIC) ‫ا‬ ‫ى آ ب‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت ا أس وا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫أو أ ء أ ى‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ات، و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أي أ ء‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 435 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٢ • ‫أو‬ ‫ء‬ ‫دة‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ال‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و دة‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو‬ • • ‫دة‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ت ي‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ن‬ ‫أي‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 436 ٢٩١ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ (OCS) ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫م‬ ‫اه‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ل أو‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫إذا آ ن ه ك‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ ‫أو‬...
  • Page 437 ‫ا‬ ٢٩٠ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا خ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دي ز دة وزن ا اآ ا‬ . ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا خ آ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ . ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫اآ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 438 ٢٨٩ ‫ا‬ • • ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ل أو‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫( ا خ ا‬OCS) ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫م‬ ‫؛ أو‬ ‫ًا؛ أو‬ ‫م‬ . ‫اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ل...
  • Page 439 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٨ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ات و‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ول ا خ ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م‬ ‫وا‬ ‫و/أو ا اآ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫وا...
  • Page 440 ٢٨٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ‬ • ‫أن‬ ‫دة ا ا ، ا ي‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ً . ا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 441 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٦ • ‫ور‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ار إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ق(. إذا آ ن‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫ه ً ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ .‫ن ان‬ ‫أر إ‬ ‫اوح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ،( ‫...
  • Page 442 ٢٨٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ود‬ ‫ام أ ن‬ ‫س‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ً 12 ‫ره‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا آ‬ ‫ض وا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫وأ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 443 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٤ ‫ة إدارة ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ،‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ب ار اء أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ : ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إدارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫م وا‬ ‫و ع دث‬ ‫إذا...
  • Page 444 ٢٨٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أ‬ ‫ا ر ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ً ‫5. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ج ا دي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ، ‫ر ا‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 445 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٢ ‫ا أس ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ج ا دي‬ ‫و ح ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫1. أزل ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ . ً ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار اء‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ض‬ ‫دم. و‬ ‫و...
  • Page 446 ٢٨١ ‫ا‬ ‫ي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ، ‫ا د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ً و‬ ‫ن‬ ‫و د أي ار ء‬ ‫و‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ل ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫اء‬...
  • Page 447 ‫ا‬ ٢٨٠ ‫ض/ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ً وا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا ب‬ ‫رة وأ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫1. اد‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫إن‬ • ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار اء‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬...
  • Page 448 ٢٧٩ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫ا‬ ُ .( ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ BeltAlert ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ BeltAlert ‫ن، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ •...
  • Page 449 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٨ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ذ ، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دة ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ه ك‬ ‫9. إذا آ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار اء‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫وري ر‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ذوي‬...
  • Page 450 ٢٧٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫إ رة‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا رد‬ ‫ا‬ = XX ‫ات‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا ُ ز، أو‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ه‬ ‫(. و‬TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫آ ه‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 451 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫دورة‬ ‫ً ءا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫( إ رة‬TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ • ‫م‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ • ‫أو‬ ‫إ ر وا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م إ ار‬ "SERVICE TPM SYSTEM"...
  • Page 452 ٢٧٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ، ‫ذ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫رات و‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ر...
  • Page 453 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٤ ‫إ رات‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ض‬ ‫وث ا‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات( ا‬ ‫ر )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إ‬...
  • Page 454 ٢٧٣ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ • ‫آ أ‬ ‫ر أو‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 455 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٢ .‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ارة ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً دا إ‬ ‫ً ا‬ ً ‫ر دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ‫إ اد‬ (PEB) ‫ة‬ ‫ارئ ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ر ا رد‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ر ا رد. وُ ف‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 456 ٢٧١ ‫ا‬ (PEB) ‫ة‬ ‫ارئ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( ا‬FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة‬ (PEB) ‫ة‬ ‫ارئ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫إذا‬ • ‫دم ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫( وا ي‬FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫" )و ة‬ACC/FCW Limited Functionality" ‫م‬...
  • Page 457 ‫ا‬ ٢٧٠ • ‫( إ‬FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ (FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا م‬ ) "Far" ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ام‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ ء‬ ، ‫رة‬...
  • Page 458 ٢٦٩ ‫ا‬ ‫ط ا‬ ‫أو ع ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫( ا‬FCW) ‫دم ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ورة إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وأ ً أداة ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اردة‬ . ‫ت ا اد‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 459 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٨ (RCP) ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ار‬ (BSM) ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ت وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ص ا‬ ‫رات ا د‬ ‫ر رؤ ا‬ ،‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ (RCP) ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ة‬ ، ‫ذ‬ ‫ه . و‬ ‫اف،...
  • Page 460 ٢٦٧ ‫ا‬ ‫ور‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ) ‫ء‬ ‫رة أ ى‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫. وإذا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ،( / ً / ‫آ‬ / ‫42 آ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز ا ق‬ ‫ء ا‬ ،( / ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 461 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٦ ‫ا ط ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ،‫رة. ا‬ ‫ر‬ (BSM) ‫ر‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫ا رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫وز ا‬ ‫ل‬ .‫ا رة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫وا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّة ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫)درا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫اآ‬...
  • Page 462 ٢٦٥ ‫ا‬ • ،(TSC) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و ة ا‬ (TCS) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ة ا س و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ء ر‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار ا وران‬ (TCS) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 463 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٤ • (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ /‫)6.5 أ ل‬ / ‫( = 9 آ‬ ‫9 )ا س ا‬th (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫د‬...
  • Page 464 ٢٦٣ ‫ا‬ — (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أو إ ف‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إن‬ • ، ‫ا‬ (SSC) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 465 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٢ • ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا س‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م؛ وإذا آ‬ ‫م س ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م...
  • Page 466 ٢٦١ ‫ا‬ • • / ً / ‫رة 23 آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وزت‬ /‫)8.1 أ ل‬ / ‫( = 3 آ‬ ‫3 )ا س ا‬rd ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫م ا‬ / ً / ‫46 آ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و‬ • /‫)5.2 أ ل‬ / ‫( = 4 آ‬...
  • Page 467 ‫ا‬ ٢٦٠ • ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ً . وه ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ت‬ (ESC) ‫ان‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ /(ESC) ،(TCS) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي،...
  • Page 468 ٢٥٩ ‫ا‬ ،( ‫ف ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Partial Off" ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ )إ ف‬ESC OFF ‫زر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ((ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ • (ESC) ‫و‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 469 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٨ ‫ة‬ ‫ت( ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫او ؛‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ورات ا‬ ‫ت أ ء ا‬ ‫ار ع ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ً ‫أ‬ .‫وف‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ار ع ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 470 ٢٥٧ ‫ا‬ • (BAS) ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ / ‫06 آ‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫آ ءة‬ (BAS) ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ 100) / ‫061 آ‬ ‫( وأ‬ / ً ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ُ ‫ورات ا‬ ‫ل...
  • Page 471 ‫ا‬ ٢٥٦ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ‫أ ع و‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ،(ABS) ‫( وإ ء‬DDD) ‫س ا‬ ‫م اآ ف‬ ُ ‫ق. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫دة‬ ، ً ً‫دو‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 472 ٢٥٥ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫و ع‬ (ABS) ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ • .‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫أداء‬ ‫ه ر‬ ‫ا‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 473 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٥٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد وا‬ Cancel Light" ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، إذا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ ، ‫وف‬ ً ‫د ا‬ ،(‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )إ ء‬Check ً ‫ش أو‬ ‫ا اد‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر‬ ) Activate Light Check ‫إ‬...
  • Page 474 ٢٥٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ) Oil Pressure • ( ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ) Battery Voltage ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ض‬ ،‫ا ادات‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة ا ا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ر‬ ‫اد‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا آ ا‬ Gauge Detail ُ...
  • Page 475 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٥٢ • (‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) TRAILER INFO ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ .Downloaded Trails Full” ‫ُ ض ر‬ Free up some . ‫رات ا‬ ‫”ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ " ‫ا‬ ‫“ أ غ‬space ‫زر‬...
  • Page 476 ٢٥١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ )ا‬Navigate To Trail ‫زر‬ ‫4. ا‬ ○ ‫م‬ ‫ه ت إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر( ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ Trail Updated” ‫ُ ض ر‬ ‫ ا ص‬TomTom Navigation "‫ح‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ " “Successfully ‫إذا اآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 477 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٥٠ (‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ) Preview Trail ‫زر‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫ر آ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ Start ‫زر‬ ‫ر. ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ر‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫( ا ي‬ ‫ ) ء ا‬Recording . ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر...
  • Page 478 ٢٤٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات - إذا آ‬ ‫أد ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ً ، ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Saved Recordings .(‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ) Trail Recording ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )أد‬Adventure Guides ‫ة‬ ‫ل...
  • Page 479 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٨ ‫اء‬ ‫و‬ :‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ أو رج و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أ‬ .‫رة‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ت أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ح‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ . ‫آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 480 ٢٤٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ○ ‫ة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ ) دي‬Normal ‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬SELEC-TERRAIN ‫م‬ ○ ( ‫ )ا ا‬Aero ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة( - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ○ (‫وج‬ ‫ل/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Entry/Exit ‫ و‬Selec-Terrain ‫ض‬...
  • Page 481: Transmission Temperature

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٦ ‫ق‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ )د‬VEHICLE DYNAMICS (‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ )ا ر‬Pitch & Roll ‫ض‬ ‫ )ا‬Accessory Gauges ‫ض‬ ‫رة )ار ع ا او‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا ر‬ ‫ودر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 482 ٢٤٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ت أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ول‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) Off-Road Pages ‫ل إ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ون ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬Off Road ‫زر‬ ‫ة(، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ل‬...
  • Page 483 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ب‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫و‬ ‫زرا ر‬ ‫ارة أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ارة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ر ا‬ ‫ارة. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ب‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 484 ٢٤٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ً ا‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٨ ‫ ا‬Fire TV ‫م‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ ‫رة(. ا‬ ‫...
  • Page 485 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٢ ‫ت ا أس‬ ‫ك‬ ‫، أد‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ Fire ‫م‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ أ‬USB ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ USB ‫أ اص‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬...
  • Page 486 ٢٤١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ، ً ‫. ا ا‬Fire TV ‫م‬ Browse" ‫دة‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ن ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" أ‬Prime Video" ‫ا‬ .Fire TV ‫م‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫اض ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Media ‫...
  • Page 487 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤٠ ‫إ اءات إ دة‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫زا ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫( — ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Menu .11 ‫دة أو إ ف‬ ‫ا ة ا‬ — ‫1. زر ا‬ ‫ا و ا‬ .Fire TV ‫م‬ —( ‫و ا‬ ) Seek Forward ‫21.
  • Page 488 ٢٣٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ FIRE TV ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ام ا اد‬ ‫در ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ام‬ ) FIRE TV ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إ ان ر‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ ‫ة أ ى أو‬ Fire TV ‫م‬ ‫ت‬...
  • Page 489 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٨ • ‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ — (‫ادات‬ ‫ )ا س/ا‬Gear/Settings ‫ل إ‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ة ا و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ات‬ ‫إ ى‬ ‫ا اد ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 490 ٢٣٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ام ا‬ ) ‫ة‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وً . إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬FIRE TV ‫م‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ا‬ .Fire TV ‫م‬...
  • Page 491 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٦ • ‫ام‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ ا ص‬USB ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ ا‬USB ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Amazon Fire ‫ز‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ • ‫ض‬ ‫آ‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ه ة ا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 492 ٢٣٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،AM/FM ‫ام‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ) Change Channel Down ‫ار‬ ‫ار 1.0. دي ا‬ ‫ا دد‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ة‬ ‫دي ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ إ‬AM/FM ،AM/FM ‫ام‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 493 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ McIntosh McIntosh ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ ه‬McIntosh ‫إن‬ .‫ة‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ .Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا( ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Camera ‫زر‬ ‫ه ، ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن ه ك‬ ‫أن‬...
  • Page 494 ٢٣٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات( )ر‬ ‫ )ا‬Settings ‫زر‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا آ ، را‬ ‫إ ان ه‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ز‬ ‫ )إدارة ا‬DEVICE MANAGER ‫ت ا أس ا‬ ‫ار‬ (‫ا س‬ .Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ت ا اد‬ ‫إزا‬ :Bluetooth® ‫ت رأس‬ ‫ان‬...
  • Page 495 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٢ HDMI ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اض‬ ‫اض( ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Browse ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ت ا اد أو ا‬ ، ‫ ا‬HDMI ‫ز‬ HDMI "Browse" ‫ت. ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ أو‬USB ‫ز‬ ‫، و ض ا‬HDMI ‫ام آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات...
  • Page 496 ٢٣١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Source ‫زر‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ب. ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ر‬ ‫)ا‬ : ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ • (AM‫ و‬FM) ‫ا اد ا‬ • Bluetooth® • USB 1 • USB 2 • ‫إ‬...
  • Page 497 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٣٠ ‫ )ا‬HOME ‫ا أس، ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ‫س( إ‬ ‫رات( )ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Notifications ‫زر‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫، أو ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬Notification " " ‫. دي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ . ً ‫ا اد ا‬ ‫"...
  • Page 498 ٢٢٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا اآ (، ا‬Passenger ‫ام‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫، أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Power ‫زر‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( أ‬ ‫ )ا‬Power ‫زر‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 499 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢٨ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Bluetooth® ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ذ‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫اد ر‬ ‫ض ه ا ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ) Clear Personal Data ‫ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ) "Yes" ‫ه‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 500 ٢٢٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) System Information ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫م‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) System Information ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ار ا اد‬ ‫إ‬...
  • Page 501 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢٦ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل - إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ‬Accessibility ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 502 ٢٢٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رات‬ ‫ )ا‬Notifications .‫م‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫رات‬ ‫ )ا‬Notifications ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ر‬App Drawer Favoriting Pop-ups ‫أو...
  • Page 503 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢٤ (‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Audio ‫ت‬ ‫رة، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ن ه ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬Audio ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ذآ‬ ‫ت أو ه‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫،...
  • Page 504 ٢٢٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Suspension ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ) Suspension Lowering ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 505 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢٢ ‫ح ا‬ ‫رات إ ف‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ه ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ ) رات إ ف‬Key Off Options ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬...
  • Page 506 ٢٢١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا اد‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ Personal Settings Linked To Key Fob ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫ه‬ ‫رات...
  • Page 507: Sound Horn With Lock

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢٠ ‫ل‬ ‫اب وا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫أ اب ا‬ ‫وإ ء‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ل‬ ‫اب وا‬ ‫ )ا‬Doors & Locks ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ / ‫رة 42 آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وز‬ ً ‫اب أو‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 508 ٢١٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Lock ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )و‬Flash Lights With Lock ‫" )إ ف ا‬Off"‫( و‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 509: Headlight Illumination On Approach

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٨ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ Level" ‫ى 1( إ‬ ‫" )ا‬Level 1" ‫ه‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا ّا‬ ‫إ ءة ا‬ .(6 ‫ى‬ ‫6" )ا‬ ‫ه‬...
  • Page 510 ٢١٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا وا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا وا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ا وا‬ ‫ )ا‬Mirrors & Wipers ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 511 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ات آ‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Camera ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 512 ٢١٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫م‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Navigation ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ل" وأ اع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب و‬ " ‫وآ‬ ‫ا‬ .Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ت ا اد‬ ‫د‬...
  • Page 513 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٤ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ن‬ ‫( )ا‬ ‫" )ا د ا‬Auto Reply" : ‫ادات ه‬ ‫ ) م ا ز ج(. ا‬Do Not Disturb ‫ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ (‫ ) م ا ز ج‬Do Not Disturb ‫ة‬ Custom Auto"‫( و‬...
  • Page 514 ٢١٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) ا‬Sync Time With GPS ‫إ ف‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ) Set Time Hours .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي إ اد "-" إ‬ .‫ت‬...
  • Page 515: Time Format

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٢ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دم‬ ‫و د‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ) Rear ParkSense Braking Assist ‫ ا‬ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا ب‬ ‫ن 01 د‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 516: Hill Start Assist

    ٢١١ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي أو إ ف‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫ؤ ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ ‫ؤ ا‬ ‫و ض‬ ‫إ رة‬ ‫و‬ ‫اآ ف‬ ParkSense ‫اد...
  • Page 517 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢١٠ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ دة‬Restore Settings to Default ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫إ دة آ ا‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬...
  • Page 518 ٢٠٩ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 0) "0 sec" ‫ه‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫رة. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء ا اد‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ( ‫ا اد‬ ‫إ ف‬ ) Radio Off Delay ‫...
  • Page 519 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠٨ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،( / ‫أو آ‬ ‫" )ا‬Speed" ‫ة ه و ات س‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ات. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ (‫ات‬ ‫ )ا‬Units ‫ة[ أو‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ن ]ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫" )ا‬Current Consumption"‫أو آ (، و‬ ‫"...
  • Page 520: Display Mode

    ٢٠٧ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )إ ف ا‬Off"‫( و‬ ‫" )ا‬On" ‫ران‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أذو ت‬ ‫اد إ‬ ‫دي ه ا ا‬ ‫ )أذو ت‬Rear Seat Screen Permissions ‫" )ا‬Navigation" ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ص‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 521: Touchscreen Beep

    ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠٦ ‫ا‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ) Touchscreen Beep ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ Show Main Category Bar Labels ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬...
  • Page 522 ٢٠٥ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع، و ن‬ ‫(، وا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ (‫ض‬ ‫" )ا‬Display" ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ : ‫ه‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات...
  • Page 523 ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ة‬ .‫ة‬ • .‫ات‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ً • (‫ق‬ ‫ ) /إ‬Open/Close ‫ا ر‬ ْ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ض ا ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 524 ٢٠٣ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا و‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. أدر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ال‬ UCONNECT ‫أ‬ ‫ة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ادات. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫أ ث إ‬ ، ً ‫ر‬ ‫إ‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ت‬...
  • Page 525 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٢ ‫ء‬ ‫أي‬ ‫اد آ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫وف‬ ‫رة‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ادث. إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ق‬...
  • Page 526 ٢٠١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ق‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫أ ًا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫آ أ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫د ا‬ . ً ‫دا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫و‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 527 ‫ا ء وا‬ ٢٠٠ ‫ا ء ا‬ .(‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD LOW ‫ام و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ء ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ى ا ر‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ء‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬...
  • Page 528 ١٩٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ○ ‫ا ؤ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص ا ر‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ Neutral ‫و‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ت. إن ه ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وإ ن‬ ‫ )ا‬Neutral ‫زر‬ ،( ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬...
  • Page 529 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٨ ○ ‫ًا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫81. ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و آ‬ ‫ة 5 ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ر دوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ . ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و د‬ ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و د‬ .(‫ق‬...
  • Page 530 ١٩٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. إذا آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫، آ‬Quadra-Lift .‫ار ع ا آ ب ا دي‬ ‫ام‬ ‫رة ذات د ر‬ ‫أي‬ • ‫و د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬...
  • Page 531 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٦ ‫ا‬ ‫م - ُ ز ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫2. ار ا‬ QUADRA-TRAC I ‫ة‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫3. ا‬ • ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا ً ا ا‬ ‫ر ، ا‬ ( ‫ا...
  • Page 532 ١٩٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫و د أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ .‫د‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫ة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫ا‬ • / ‫61 آ‬ ‫أآ‬...
  • Page 533 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٤ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫أ د/أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫ز إ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/أ د‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرق/أ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ 12+) ‫دا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ 12+) ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 534 ١٩٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫رة )أو أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ (‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ُ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق رب‬ ‫إ‬ • ‫د‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫إ دة ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذو 31 ً - إذا آ‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 535 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٢ ‫إ‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ 9‫8 و‬ ‫آ ر ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ة. إذا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أن‬ ،(EOH) ‫آ‬ ‫ه رو‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫اق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ث ا‬ ،...
  • Page 536 ١٩١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ذراع ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة 01 ا ٍ ن و‬ ‫ض إ اد ا‬ ‫دي إ‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ 1000) ‫354 آ‬ ‫رة أآ‬ ‫إذا آ ن وزن ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬...
  • Page 537 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٩٠ • ً ‫أو‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م أداة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام ا ا‬ ‫رة‬ ○ ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫أو‬ • ‫م ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ . ً ‫أو‬ ○ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ل...
  • Page 538 ١٨٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ 500) ‫أول 508 آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا زن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ • ‫ك أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫د‬ ‫وزن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫رة. وه ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ر أو أ اء أ ى‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ (GTW) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 539 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٨ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ( ً ‫)000,2 ر‬ ‫709 آ‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫- ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ( ً ‫)005,3 ر‬ ‫785,1 آ‬ ‫ا زن‬ ‫ام‬ ‫- ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ً ‫)000,6 ر‬ ‫227,2 آ‬...
  • Page 540 ١٨٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ن ز ا زن وا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ود‬ ‫م إ ادات ا اد ا‬ ‫8. ا‬ ‫ن ار ع‬ ّ ِ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ر/ا ا . آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ف‬...
  • Page 541 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٦ ‫ل ا اد‬ ‫وج ا و‬ ‫ل/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف و ة ا‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫آ‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ّ ود‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫و د‬ (TSC) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫د ا وس إ‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 542 ١٨٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ (GAWR) ‫ر ا وران‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وزن‬ ‫ر ا وران ه أ‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ • ً ‫ً ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫. و‬ ‫وا‬...
  • Page 543 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٤ ‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر ا رد‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ه ا ه‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا زن ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أو ب ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫إ‬ ً ‫ا‬ • ‫ر‬ ‫ل ا زن ا‬ ‫وف...
  • Page 544 ١٨٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫أ ب ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ه أداة‬ ِ ‫2. أد‬ REVERSE ‫س‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إ دة ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫أ ء إ دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ه و ّ ا‬ – ،(‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫ع‬ ‫)ا‬ .‫د‬...
  • Page 545 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٢ ‫ات‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ر‬ ) Front Cross Path ‫زر‬ ‫ً ا او أ ض‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫أ‬ ، ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫إدارة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م...
  • Page 546 ١٨١ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا ؤ ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا ا ؤ ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أو ا‬ (‫)1 - 5.6 أ ام‬ .Uconnect •...
  • Page 547 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٨٠ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذاة ا‬ ( ً 26) ‫8 أ ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫اآ ف ا‬ ‫اوح‬ ‫، را‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل آ‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ( ً 328) 100‫و‬ ○ ‫ً ءا‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫ة/ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 548 ١٧٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫ا‬ 2 ‫ى‬ ‫2. ا‬ :1 ‫ى‬ ‫ات ا‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ 1 ‫ى‬ ‫3. ا‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ • ‫ا س‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫ا‬ 1 ‫ى‬ ‫4. ا‬ •...
  • Page 549 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٨ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ،‫ض ا ّ ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا ؤ ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ض ا ّ ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ .‫ض‬...
  • Page 550 ١٧٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ — FAMCAM ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ،( ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫و‬ ً ‫/ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫د ذراع‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ )ا دة( أو و‬DRIVE ‫و‬...
  • Page 551 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٦ • ParkView ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ي آ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أو‬ PARKVIEW .٢٠٣ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م آ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫...
  • Page 552 ١٧٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا ي‬ ‫اآ ف ا ط ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫إدارة ا رة ا‬ ،‫ا رة‬ ‫ز‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ن ا‬ ‫ا رة ا‬ — ‫ف‬ ‫رة ا‬ Active Lane ‫م‬ ‫ادات...
  • Page 553 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٤ • ACTIVE LANE ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ ،‫ا رة‬ ‫وز‬ ‫م‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا ن ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا رة ا‬ ‫ )إدارة ا رة ا‬MANAGEMENT ) ‫ا دة‬ ً ‫اه ا ً زا‬ ‫...
  • Page 554 ١٧٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫اه از‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ً ا‬ (ALM) ‫م إدارة ا رة ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫م إدارة ا رة ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫س )إذا‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ ً ‫)و‬ ‫و/أو اه از ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 555 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٢ ‫ا‬ ،‫وج‬ ‫ورة ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا دة وا‬ ‫زا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ • ‫ا دة و‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ .‫م‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫رة‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 556 ١٧١ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ر ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا دة‬ REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا دة وا‬ .‫ء‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا ء‬ ‫ع‬ ‫)ا‬ • ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 557 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٧٠ • ‫ن ا‬ ‫ن‬ ً ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫م‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أي‬ / ً ‫ورة وأ‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫إذا م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أو رزة‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 558 ١٦٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫وج ا‬ ‫ورة ا و‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ورة‬ ‫اآ ل ا‬ ‫ض ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫و‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ • ‫ )ا دة( و‬DRIVE ‫و‬...
  • Page 559 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٨ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ً ‫ا‬ • ‫وإ ف‬ ‫ام ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة و‬ ‫و‬ ‫أ‬ .‫م‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أن‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬...
  • Page 560 ١٦٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ،(‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫أ ء و د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، و‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ض‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ض‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ورة ا‬ ( ) "No" ‫" ) ( أو‬Yes" ،‫رة‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 561 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٦ • • ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫، ا‬ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ً ‫ً و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ة‬ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ •...
  • Page 562 ١٦٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫أو ا و‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ورة‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، إذا‬ :ParkSense ‫ا‬ ُ ‫م و‬ ‫إ ء ا‬ ، • ‫ة‬ ‫أداة‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ • ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 563 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٤ • ‫در‬ ‫ة و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ء وا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫/إ ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ .ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫أداء‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة وإذا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ص‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫خ‬ ‫أن‬...
  • Page 564 ١٦٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ف‬ ،(‫ )ا دة‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ Parksense Unavailable" ‫ض ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ت/ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ) "Service Required ‫ ا‬ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م إ اء ا‬ ،‫ح‬ PARKSENSE ‫ة‬ ‫أداة‬ ParkSense ‫م‬...
  • Page 565 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٢ ،ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫أو ا و خ أو أي‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ PARKSENSE" ‫( أو‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة أ ى‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ،‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫. إذا ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫أدر‬...
  • Page 566 ١٦١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ وآ ن ا‬ParkSense ‫ح‬ PARKSENSE ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ ا ص‬LED ‫ح‬ ‫ف‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ParkSense ‫م‬ .LED ‫ح‬ ‫ء‬ ، ً ParkSense ‫م‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫إ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 567 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٦٠ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ارات ا‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫أ‬ 65-30 100-65 120-100 150-120 200-150 ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ 25-12) 39-25) 47-39) 59-47) 79-59) ‫وا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ (‫ء‬ ) None ‫ة‬ ‫إ رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دس‬ (‫ء‬ ) None (‫ء‬...
  • Page 568 ١٥٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ ا‬ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أ اس‬ ‫/ س وا‬ — 7 ‫/ س‬ — 1 ‫/ س‬ — 8 ‫/ س وا‬ — 2 ‫/ س‬ — 9 ‫/ س وا‬ — 3 ‫/ س‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 569 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٨ ParkSense ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ REVERSE ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫ل آ ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ )ا دة(. إذا‬DRIVE ‫( أو‬ ‫ع‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ن ه ك‬ ،ParkSense ‫د‬ ‫ع‬...
  • Page 570 ١٥٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ا و‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫م وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ PARKSENSE ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و/أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 571 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٦ ‫دة ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا رة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ (ACC) ‫اءات‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا رة‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 572 ١٥٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫و ة‬ ‫و‬ ‫م أو‬ ‫دا‬ ‫وف‬ ‫أ ً أ ء ا دة‬ ‫ض ه ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫(. ور‬ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ACC Unavailable" ‫ر ر‬ ‫و...
  • Page 573 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٤ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ (ACC) ACC Unavailable Wipe Front" ‫إذا آ ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )و ة ا‬Radar Sensor ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫ل أو‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 574 ١٥٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫اآ ف ه ف(، و‬ ‫ء‬ ، ‫اد ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ً ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ (! ‫" )ا ا‬BRAKE!" ‫ر‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫دم‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 575 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٢ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫م‬ ) ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ (ACC) • SET ‫( )+( أو‬ ) SET ‫زر‬ ‫دي ا‬ • ‫وآ‬ ‫ة‬ ً ‫ر‬...
  • Page 576 ١٥١ ‫ا ء وا‬ • ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا ا‬ ‫وزت در‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫( وا ي‬ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (‫زا ة‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ • ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫. دي ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 577 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٥٠ "ACC Ready" ‫ة ا س ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ض‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ (.‫ه ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)و ة ا‬ Adaptive Cruise Control" ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 578 ١٤٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫ة ا س إ ادات‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا زرار ا‬ ○ ‫ور‬ ‫وف ا رع و آ ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 579 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٨ ‫وز ا‬ ) ‫ود‬ ً ‫أو‬ Cruise ‫إ ء‬ ‫أ ً إ‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Control ‫وث‬ .‫رات‬ ‫د أو ول ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 580 ١٤٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ) ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ • SET ‫( )+( أو‬ ) SET ‫زر‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ 1 ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة وا ة إ‬ (-) ( .‫رة‬...
  • Page 581 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٦ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫ف و‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫ف‬ .‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ ‫ف/ ء‬ ‫ )ا‬Stop/Start ‫م‬ ‫و د‬ ‫ )إ ف‬Stop/Start OFF ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ .‫ك‬...
  • Page 582 ١٤٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ • • ‫و‬ ‫ك أ ء ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ (HVAC) ‫ا اء‬ ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ . ً ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ .(‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX A/C • ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س أ‬ ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 583: Power Steering

    ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٤ • ‫ف/ ء‬ ‫ )ا‬Stop/Start ‫م‬ POWER" ‫( أو‬ ‫ج إ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءا‬ ‫ء‬ – ( ‫ر/ا ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Tire/Jack ‫و‬ STEERING ASSIST OFF – SERVICE ‫ا‬ ‫1 و5. دي ا دة أو إ ء‬ َ...
  • Page 584: Wheel Alignment

    ١٤٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ة وا ة إ‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫اض‬ ‫، وذ‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ار و‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ُ ‫ك‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ُ ‫اب‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 585 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٢ ‫ر‬ Quadra-Lift ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ود‬ Uconnect ‫ا ود اد‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ر ا‬ . ‫رات ا د‬ ‫أ م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 586 ١٤١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ء‬ ً ‫أو‬ (NRH) ‫ار ع ا دة ا دي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ة وا ة‬ / ً / ‫( و601 آ‬ / ً / ‫آ‬ / ‫16 آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫وزت‬...
  • Page 587 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٤٠ • ‫ه ا ا‬ – ( ‫ )ا دة ا‬SPORT ‫م‬ ‫د‬ ،( ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD HI ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ول ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة( إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬Selec-Terrain ‫ل‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫...
  • Page 588 ١٣٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ى وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ازن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD LOW ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )ا‬WD LOW ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ .‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬...
  • Page 589 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٨ ‫م‬ ‫ت‬ ‫إر دات/ا‬ ‫رات‬ ، ً ‫ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً ا ن ا‬ ‫ف وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫وز‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ QUADRA-TRAC II — ‫وف ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إذا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ون‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ض...
  • Page 590 ١٣٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ TOW/HAUL ‫ام و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫" )ا‬TOW/HAUL" ‫ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫/ ا‬ ‫ )ا‬TOW/ HAUL ‫د و‬ ‫أن‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫: ا دة‬ ‫وف‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ق...
  • Page 591 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٦ (ERS) ‫ق‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام س‬ ‫٦٣١. دي ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا داء وإ‬ ‫وف إ‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ )ا‬ERS ‫ل‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون ار ع‬ ‫اط...
  • Page 592 ١٣٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ت ا وس‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ام و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ط‬ ‫رج و‬ ‫آ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د وس‬ • ‫ق س‬ ‫( إ‬N) ‫( أو ا‬P) ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫( و‬ ‫ )ا‬NEUTRAL ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 593 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٤ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ )ا دة( إ‬DRIVE ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫( أو‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫د ا وس‬ ‫ام‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 594 ١٣٣ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫آ ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)أو‬ ‫ب‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ • ‫. و‬ ‫م أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وج‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ً ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ل إ (، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬...
  • Page 595 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٢ • ‫ )و‬Maintenance Mode ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ،( ‫ا‬ (ACC) ‫ة‬ ‫( ه‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ )ا‬Auto Hold ‫إن‬ ‫ح...
  • Page 596 ١٣١ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ ) ا‬Auto Park Brake ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ . ً ‫دام ا‬ (EPB) ‫ة. آ‬ ‫ر إ رة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن ا ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ب‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ • ‫ً أ ء‬ ‫أو‬...
  • Page 597 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٣٠ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ . ‫ا ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫( و‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه‬ ‫أ‬ ، ‫ن ا ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 598 ١٢٩ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫وا ة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن آ‬ ‫ا رد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ف‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ −30° ‫أو‬ –22° ‫)أ‬ ‫. ه ا أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات )أ ل( ا و‬ ‫ف...
  • Page 599 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٢٨ ‫ة‬ ‫ً و‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ز ء ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر أو آ‬ — ‫4( ا‬WD) ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫د ودوا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر دوا‬ ، ،‫01 ان‬ ‫أ ء دورة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 600 ١٢٧ ‫ا ء وا‬ ParkSense ‫ض ر‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫آ وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫دي‬ • ‫إ دة‬ ،‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س. و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ ف‬ ،Keyless Enter ‘n Go™...
  • Page 601 ‫ا ء وا‬ ١٢٦ ENGINE START/STOP ‫زر‬ ‫3. ا‬ Vehicle Not In" ‫ة ا س ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫رة. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ول‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة‬ (‫ك‬ ‫/إ ف ا‬ ‫) ء‬ ‫( و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫" )ا‬Park ً...
  • Page 602: Engine Start/Stop

    ١٢٥ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ا ء وا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫أو إ‬ ‫ا وس‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫ا‬ • .Keyless Enter ‘n Go™ ‫ح‬ ‫دون‬ ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ف‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ )ا‬REVERSE ‫ا ا ا‬ ‫ل‬...
  • Page 603 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٤ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ • ‫اءة ر‬ ‫أ‬ OBD II ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫( أو‬VIN) ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫إذا‬ • ، ‫ك ا‬ ‫ز‬ ،II ○ ‫ذ‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أداء أ‬ ‫أن‬...
  • Page 604 ١٢٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ — ‫إ ف ا ؤ ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫ات‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دي دة ا‬ • ِ ‫ء‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 605 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٢ • (ISA) ‫ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أي‬ ‫إذا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ه — إذا آ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 606 ١٢١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫م إدارة ا رة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ة ا‬ ‫وز أ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ - ‫ف ه ف‬ ‫م اآ‬ ‫ء‬ (ACC) ‫وز أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء إ‬ ‫ه...
  • Page 607 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٠ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4 )و‬WD Low ‫ء‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ء ه ا ا‬ ‫ودة‬...
  • Page 608 ١١٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و ة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫إ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫( و‬ACC) ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ،‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ا‬ ً...
  • Page 609 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٨ — ‫ؤ ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ء َ ء ا‬ ‫آ ه‬ ‫ز ا ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬...
  • Page 610: Esc Off Indicator Light

    ١١٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫م إدارة ا رة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ة أ ل‬ ‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫، و‬ ‫دورات‬ — ‫س ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫م اآ‬ ‫ء‬ / ‫84 آ‬ ‫ت أ‬ (‫ات‬ ‫)آ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا...
  • Page 611 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٦ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي — إذا آ‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ء أ ن ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ء‬...
  • Page 612 ١١٥ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ؤ ا‬ ‫ا ت‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫وا ة. إذا و‬ ‫ر إ رة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر إ رة‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة إ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 613 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٤ — ‫س ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫اآ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫ء أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ورات ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ .(‫ق‬...
  • Page 614 ١١٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ور‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ اء‬ ‫ر ر‬ ‫ا ي‬ ) "Battery Saver On") ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ات/ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 615 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٢ ‫وا ة أو أآ‬ ‫ر إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ) "Battery Saver On" • HUD ‫ة‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫" )و‬Battery Saver Mode" ‫أو‬ •...
  • Page 616 ١١١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫/ إ ف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫/إ ف‬ ) HUD ON/OFF ،(‫م‬ ) "Advanced" ‫ا‬ ،( ‫" )ا‬Standard" ‫ا‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ض‬ ‫رة وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 617 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٠ ‫ادات إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا س ا‬Current Gear ‫ )إ اد ا‬Screen Setup ‫ا‬ ‫ادات ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ )ا‬On ‫أو‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ • (‫دة‬ ‫ )ا‬Restore ‫ادات‬...
  • Page 618: Messages Menu

    ١٠٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ )ا‬AUDIO ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أو‬...
  • Page 619 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٨ • ، ‫ت‬ ‫رات ه و‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ )در‬Transmission Temperature (‫رة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) VEHICLE INFO .٢٧٢ ‫إ دة‬ ‫و‬ ( ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ — ( ‫ف/ ء...
  • Page 620: Driver Assist

    ١٠٧ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ) Remote Start Disabled Start To Reset ‫ ) إ ء‬Remote Start Canceled Time Expired ‫ ) إ ء‬Remote Start Canceled Door Open ‫دة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ، ُ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ُ...
  • Page 621 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٦ • • ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا ٍ ن‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫ر‬ (‫ق‬ ‫ )ا‬RUN ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ه ا ا ع‬ ، ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ٍ ن‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 622 ١٠٥ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • — (4WD) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ء‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫2. ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ .‫ا ٍ ن‬ ‫ن‬ Vehicle" ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 623 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٤ ○ • ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ) Oil Pressure Driver ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ○ ( ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ) Battery Voltage ‫ت‬ ) Vehicle Info‫( و‬ ‫ت ا‬ ) Info .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫م‬...
  • Page 624 ١٠٣ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ً ‫ً دا دا‬ ‫اد ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أن‬ OK ‫ا ر‬ ً ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫وا ة‬ ‫ة‬ ( ‫) ا‬ :‫ا دة‬ ‫آ‬...
  • Page 625 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٢ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ء‬ ‫. و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ار ع در‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ة‬ ‫و‬ ‫ًا إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر أو ا‬ ً‫و‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 626 ١٠١ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ ○ ‫ارة أ‬ ‫در ت‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫زر‬ ً ‫دي ا‬ ‫رة أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر و‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ل‬...
  • Page 627 ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٠٠ ‫ة ا س و‬ ‫أ‬ ‫اد ا‬ ً ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن‬ ‫رة‬ ‫إن دة ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ○ ‫ز س‬ ‫ر . إذا آ ن‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫"؛‬H" ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 628 ٩٩ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫أ‬ Digital ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا دة إ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ة ا س ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ( ‫ ) ا‬OK ‫زر‬ ً ‫دي...
  • Page 629 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٨ 3 ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫1 إ‬ ‫ات‬ ‫4. آ ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫5. أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ك ا ر‬ ،‫دم‬ ‫وث‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫وث إ‬ ‫ق‬...
  • Page 630 ٩٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، أزل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. آ ر ذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ِ ّ ا ر‬ ‫ج‬ ‫وز ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ • ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 631 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٦ ‫ا‬ Torx ‫ذات رأس‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫5. أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ح ا‬ ( ّ ‫ا‬ ‫)ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ 5 ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ، ‫ ا‬Torx ‫ح ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫آ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ ا‬Torx ‫ا‬...
  • Page 632 ٩٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. آ‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ار آ‬ ً ‫أ‬ ‫ت ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ت‬...
  • Page 633 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٤ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫— إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن ا ر‬ .‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ • .‫أ ء ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 634 ٩٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ك‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫وا ة، ن ا ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م آ‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ب‬ ، ‫ث ذ‬ ‫ً . إذا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ث إ‬ ،...
  • Page 635 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٢ • ‫إ‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ة‬ ً ‫ة‬ ‫ك ب ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫و‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ج ب ا‬ ، ‫ا‬...
  • Page 636 ٩١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ، ‫إ اد‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫إ اد ا ر ع ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫إ‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ق ب ا‬ ‫زر إ‬ .‫ة‬...
  • Page 637 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٩٠ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫إ‬ ،‫رة‬ ‫رج ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ر وار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن إ‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫و ك‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة، ا‬ ‫آ وا ة‬ .‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا او أ‬ ‫أن‬...
  • Page 638 ٨٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك أ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ م ا‬ ‫ة و د‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ش‬ ‫و‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ( ) OPEN ‫، ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 639 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٨ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ‬TILT ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ( ) OPEN ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دون‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك ا‬ • ‫ن‬ ‫و ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 640 ٨٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ة اآ ف ا ادار أو أي‬ ‫ب، أو أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ، ‫إ رة راد‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 641 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٦ ‫ا و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫ا ول ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ال ا و‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫ن ا‬ ، ‫ا و‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 642: Apple Carplay

    ٨٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫دا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أ اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ :‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م و‬ • (NFC) ‫ا ى‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 643 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٤ Qi® ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ر‬ . ً ‫أو‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫051 وات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة أ‬ ‫رة 51 واط و3 أ‬ ‫ً إ دة‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫د إزا ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ام...
  • Page 644 ٨٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ً ‫أ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ .‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ط و ا‬ ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ذ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫د ل أي‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫. و دي‬ ‫ق...
  • Page 645 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٢ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫م‬ ‫ز‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ر‬ .‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)31 أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ل وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 646 ٨١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ام أزرار ا اد‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز وا‬ ‫ت ا‬ • ‫ت‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ر‬ .USB ‫ز ر‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام آ‬ • ‫ت‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ز ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ ا‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ض‬...
  • Page 647 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٨٠ ‫آ‬ ‫، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ل، إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ع‬ ‫ز‬ ‫، و‬A ‫ا ع‬ ‫ز ا ي‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ،C .
  • Page 648 ٧٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ة و‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ت ا آ اب‬ ‫زا أي أ ء‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ة ذات ا‬ ‫ل أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ي وأ‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ء...
  • Page 649 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٨ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زو‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ه ك‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ي ا‬ ‫ل...
  • Page 650 ٧٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات‬ ‫ا‬ Floor) ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫( )و‬Mode ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫وث اآ‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ‫)و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا رد‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 651 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٦ ‫اء‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬VR/Phone ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وا‬ ً‫أ‬ ،‫ة‬ ‫ع ا‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د أ م‬ ‫ا اء ا‬ ‫م و د أ ء‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ام‬...
  • Page 652 ٧٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫3. و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ : ‫ا اء ه‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬ ‫أن ا‬ ‫. و‬ ‫وري‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫رة...
  • Page 653 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٤ ‫أو ر‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫م زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫در ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ي‬ . ‫و‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 654 ٧٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)أو ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)أو ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و ، ور‬ ‫إ اد ا‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ه ا‬ ،( ‫ )أو‬Auto ‫إذا‬ . ‫و‬ ‫دة إ اد ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ال‬...
  • Page 655 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٢ ‫در‬ ‫أ ى‬ ‫أي و‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر إ ف‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 656 ٧١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة ا آ ب‬ ‫أو در‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ SYNC ‫و‬ ‫أ ء ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫وا‬ ‫وا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ً ‫وج أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ( إ‬ ‫)ا‬ (‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ •...
  • Page 657 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٧٠ ‫ا‬ ‫زر إزا ا‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫ )أ‬MAX Defrost ‫زر‬ ‫، أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا ر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )أ‬MAX Defrost ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫( ا‬ ‫إزا‬...
  • Page 658 ٦٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫زر إ دة و ا‬ (‫ا اء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬MAX A/C ‫إ اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أداء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫زر إ دة و ا اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر‬ ‫و ر ، أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫ا‬...
  • Page 659 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٨ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ً ‫أ‬ ، ‫ة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا ؤ ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫وآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 660 ٦٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ / ‫5 آ‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو ز دة‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ح‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫( أو‬ /‫أ ل‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ح...
  • Page 661 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٦ ‫ج ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ دورة وأ ى‬ ً ‫إ‬ ‫رة إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ت وا‬ ‫ا‬ • ،‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ء‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ . ‫( أو أ‬ /‫)01 أ ل‬ / ‫61 آ‬...
  • Page 662 ٦٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ :‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ ان‬ ‫ا اءة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا اءة ق‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ○ ‫ة ا س‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا اآ ا‬ •...
  • Page 663: Lane Change Assist

    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٤ ‫ف‬ ‫إ رات ا‬ ‫اء ا ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اب ن‬ ‫آ . وه ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ل و د‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ء و‬ ، ‫أو‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ّ...
  • Page 664 ٦٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ — ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ءة ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ح‬...
  • Page 665 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٢ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءة ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ - (‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Proximity Wake-up ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أو إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ءة ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫م ه ا ا‬ ‫، و‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 666 ٦١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • • ‫ءة ا‬ ‫ذي ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫ا ي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫إذا َ آ ن ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫أو‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫م‬ ‫أو إ ف‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ؤه‬ ‫ر وإ‬ ‫اء...
  • Page 667 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٦٠ ‫اء ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ام‬ ً‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ َ ‫إذا‬ ) ON‫( و‬ ‫ )أو‬AUTO ‫ده‬ ، ‫ب ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ً ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ح...
  • Page 668: Power Folding

    ٥٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫ا ا ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )إ ف‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ً إ‬ ‫ة آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ .(‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا ب‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 669 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٨ ‫آ ا‬ ‫ء‬ ُ ‫اب، ا‬ ‫ءة ا‬ ‫إن إ‬ ،‫أي ب‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا ب‬ ، ‫د‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫و‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اه‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫رات وا‬ ‫و...
  • Page 670 ٥٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ — ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ • ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ر ٍ ل‬ ‫ؤ ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ءة‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫أ ء ا دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ءة...
  • Page 671 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٦ ○ Adjustable Pedal Disabled — Cruise ‫ا‬ ‫ا وا‬ ) Control Engaged ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ — ‫ق‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا وا ت ا‬ ‫ء أ‬ ‫أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دي ذ‬ ، ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ○ Adjustable Pedals Unavailable —...
  • Page 672 ٥٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫دوا ت ا‬ ً ‫أو‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ء أ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ة‬ ‫آ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫أو‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ )ا‬VR ‫زر‬ ‫ة‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫( وا‬ ) Wake Up ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر...
  • Page 673 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٤ ‫أو‬ (‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ )ا‬VR ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ً ) "Hey Uconnect" ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ّ َ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا أس ا و‬ ‫إزا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ً أ ء‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫م‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 674 ٥٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ) Headrest Fold ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬ ) Controls (‫ا أس‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫ا أس و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا أس‬ Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ،‫ا آ ب‬ • • ‫ا‬ ‫س رآ ب‬ ‫ل‬ . ً ‫آ‬...
  • Page 675 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٢ ‫م‬ ، ‫ا‬ ،‫ا آ ب‬ • ‫ه إ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫س‬ ‫رة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫و‬ .‫دم‬ ‫و ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ً أ ء‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫م‬ • ‫إزا‬ ‫رة‬...
  • Page 676 ٥١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رأس أ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا أس ا‬ ‫ح‬ ، ‫إ‬ ‫أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ ة ا ب إ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا أس أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا...
  • Page 677 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٥٠ ‫ا أس‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا أس‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا اد أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ َ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 678 ٤٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ء‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ض ا ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات ا‬ ، ‫ا‬ ) LO .٧٣...
  • Page 679 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٨ ‫أ اع ا‬ • ‫أ‬ • ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ • • • ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ى ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض ا ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ ا‬Uconnect ‫م‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫وا‬ Door Panel Massage ‫زر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 680 ٤٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ً ‫آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫أو أي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫أي‬ ‫وا ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ة‬ ‫أ‬ ً ‫ذ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫آ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 681 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ .‫آ ة ا ب‬ Grand Wagoneer ‫از‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وج ا‬ ‫ل وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ض ا ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫د‬ (–)‫)+( و‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ة...
  • Page 682 ٤٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة — إذا آ‬ ‫ُ ِ ّد ا‬ ‫، أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ (+) ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (–) ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ،Grand Wagoneer ‫ُ ز‬ ‫دي‬ .‫ً ا‬ ‫أ ء ا دة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 683 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٤ ‫م أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ Grand Wagoneer ‫ن ُ ز‬ ً ‫02 و‬ ‫ح‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫م أو‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ل و/أو ا آ ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ار ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا اآ ا‬ .‫ح‬...
  • Page 684 ٤٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر ع‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي...
  • Page 685 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٢ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ، ‫د ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ر‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا راء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ .‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫دم‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رك‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار‬...
  • Page 686 ٤١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫س، اد‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫إ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ارئ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أزرار ا‬ ، ‫رة‬ ‫ان ا‬ ‫ل‬ .‫ل و/أو ا آ ب‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 687 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٤٠ ‫ا راء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫دم‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رك‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫أ‬ .‫ة‬ ‫ة أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ، ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫. و‬ ‫ي‬...
  • Page 688 ٣٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا راء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دي‬ .‫ً ا‬ ‫أ ء ا دة‬ ‫ا‬ • /‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫دم‬ ‫ا‬ .‫رك‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ار‬...
  • Page 689 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٨ ‫ا‬ ‫إ ادات ا اآ ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫إ ء ر‬ ‫ا راء‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ • .‫رة‬ ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫م‬ ‫ً ءا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا اآ ة )1( أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 690 ٣٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ )ا‬S ‫زر‬ ‫، ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫د ا‬ ‫ذج ا اآ ة إ‬ ‫إ ادات و‬ ‫2. ا‬ . ‫ح ا اآ ة و ر‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫)أي ا‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 691 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٦ - ‫وا اآ‬ ‫إ ادات ا اآ ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا دة ا‬ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫ام‬ ‫ل ا‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫، و اآ ا‬ ‫ة‬...
  • Page 692 ٣٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا دة‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و ع‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دا‬ ‫ز أي‬ ‫ا‬ .‫ا رد‬ ‫أ ء ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ا رج‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دم. آ أ‬ ‫ارة‬ ‫إ ادات در‬ ‫و‬ .‫ل‬...
  • Page 693 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٤ ‫اب‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ة إ ء ا‬ .٢٠٣ Uconnect ‫إ ادات‬ ‫وج‬ ‫ا‬ .‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ق‬ ‫2. إ‬ ،( ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ ‫د ا وس‬ ‫ )ا‬PARK ‫و‬ .‫ح‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫4. أ‬ — ‫اب ا و‬ ‫أ...
  • Page 694 ٣٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ف‬ • ‫ة‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫ا ب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م د ل‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫اآ ف و د‬ ، ‫اب أو إ ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أن‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م ا‬ .‫رة‬...
  • Page 695 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٢ • ‫آ ً ا )ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر ا ي‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫)أو‬ ‫ب ا اآ ا‬ ‫ك‬ ‫دي ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ إ ء‬ ‫ ـ ا‬FOBIK) ‫ح ا‬ ‫ذات ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 696: Keyless Enter-N-Go

    ٣١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫دون‬ ‫آ وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا ب أ ء و د‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ ‫اب‬ ‫أ ل ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ — KEYLESS ENTER ‘N GO™ ‫آ‬ ‫اب ا‬ ‫أزرار أ ل ا‬ .‫اب‬...
  • Page 697 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٠ ‫ار‬ ‫ُ ِ ّ ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ارات ا ذ‬ ‫ار ا‬ • ‫ارئ إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذراع‬ ‫ل إ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ .‫ا ب‬ ‫إ ار‬ ‫دي إ‬ ‫ت...
  • Page 698 ٢٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ا ب‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫أ‬ ،‫ن‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ك ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا‬ .٣١ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ 29 ‫ة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ت‬ • ، ً ‫آ ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ .‫ط‬ ‫م ا‬ ً ‫ا...
  • Page 699: Security Light

    ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٨ • ○ ، ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ً و‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ‫إذا آ ن‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إ ف ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫أدر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫زر ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إ دة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ‫ف‬...
  • Page 700 ٢٧ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ - ‫رة‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ُ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫إ ء‬ ‫ر‬ Remote Start ‫ل ة‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض إ ى ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ُ ( أو‬ ‫) ء...
  • Page 701 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٦ - (MTC) ‫ارة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ا وي‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ل ء‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫"أ‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫وف ا‬ ‫ك إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ُ ‫م ء ا‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ " ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ — إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 702 ٢٥ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ • • ‫رة‬ ‫ء أ ن ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ك أو ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و د‬ ‫و‬ 10 ‫ل‬ ‫رة وإ ف‬ ‫ا‬ ،‫د‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫ )إ ف ا‬OFF ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ .‫ا ٍ ن‬ ‫أو‬...
  • Page 703 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٤ • • ‫ل إ اء ء‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ال‬ .١٢٥ ‫ك، ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫رة أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ • • ‫و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ل إ (، و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬...
  • Page 704 ٢٣ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ (‫ق‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬ON/RUN ‫ف( ا‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ ) ء ا‬START/STOP ‫زر‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا دي‬ ‫رة أ ء ا‬ ‫ء أ ن ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫إذا أ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ت و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع ا‬ ‫أو‬ ‫أن‬ ‫ا‬ ،(‫01 ا...
  • Page 705 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٢ SENTRY KEY ‫ي آ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ي آ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫رة و‬ ‫ا‬ ً‫دو‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫أ ج‬ • ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ • ‫رة وذ‬ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬Sentry Key . ‫ا‬ ‫رة دون‬ ‫ك...
  • Page 706 ٢١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ، ‫ذ‬ ‫أآ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫، وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫. ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ده‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام إ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫زا ا‬ .‫ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 707 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٠ • ‫دة ا آ رات – ا‬ ‫ا ت أو أ ء أ ى‬ ‫ص أو‬ ‫إ د أي أ‬ ‫آ‬ • ، ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ر ا‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫أ‬ . ُ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 708 ١٩ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ح ا‬ ‫م م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫أو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬ ،‫زر‬ • • ‫ح ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا و‬ ‫ة إ ء ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 709 ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ١٨ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ • ‫إذا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة ا‬ ‫أن ُ ق ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل، أو‬ ‫ار ه‬ ‫دة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ز إ‬ ‫ل، أو‬ ‫آ‬ ، ‫ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫ر‬ .‫ض...
  • Page 710 ١٧ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ف‬ ‫إ رة ا‬ ‫اء‬ ‫أ‬ ١٢٢ ١٢٢ ‫م ا‬ ) Selec-Speed Control ‫ء‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ١٢٣ (ACC) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 711 ١٦ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫/ا‬ ‫ )ا‬TOW/HAUL ‫ء‬ ‫إدارة ا رة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢١ ١٢١ (ISA) ‫ا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ١٢١ ‫ء ا‬ (ACC) ‫ا‬...
  • Page 712 ١٥ ‫ن ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ (TPMS) ‫رات‬ ‫ه اء ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢٠ ١١٩ ‫ا ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ف ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١٢٠ ١٢٠...
  • Page 713 ١٤ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫إدارة ا رة ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ا‬ /(MIL) ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٨ ١١٧ ‫ى ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫د‬ ‫م د ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٨ ١١٧ (4WD) ‫ا‬ ‫م ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫د‬...
  • Page 714 ١٣ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ (ABS) ‫ق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م ا ا‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ارة ا‬ ‫در‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٦ ١١٦ ‫س ا‬ ‫م اآ ف‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ام ا‬ ‫ا آ‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٧ ١١٦ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 715 ١٢ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن ا‬ ‫اء ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ء ا‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٥ ١١٤ ‫ة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ً ‫ن ك ا ب‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ء‬ ١١٥ ١١٤ ‫ا ؤ ا‬ ‫و‬...
  • Page 716 ١١ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ات‬ ‫ت/ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬ ‫اع ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ادث أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫و آ‬ ‫ص أر‬ ‫رة ن‬ ‫ه ا‬ .‫رات‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫أ‬ ‫وره ا داء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ى.
  • Page 717 ١٠ ‫ه‬ ‫ت أو‬ ‫ت و/أو إد ل ا‬ ‫ت وا ا‬ ‫ا‬ FCA ‫آ‬ ‫و‬ . ً ‫ت‬ ‫آ‬ ‫دون أي ا ام‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ت ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ة إ‬ ‫ت ه ا‬ ‫آ‬ .
  • Page 718 ٩ ، ‫ا‬ ‫دة ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أ‬ ً ‫. آ وا‬ ‫ة ا‬ ‫ ا‬Wagoneer/Grand Wagoneer ‫رة‬ ‫اء‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ه ا‬ ‫. إن ا‬ ‫ا م‬ ‫رات ا آ ب ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫أ آ وإ ز‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 719 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٨ ٣٨٠ ......‫ل‬ ‫ا‬ ٣٧٥ ..‫رات‬...
  • Page 720 ٧ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ — ‫رات ا‬ ‫ا‬ ٢٧٧ ..... ‫ا آ ب‬ ‫أ‬ ٢٤٦ ..... . ‫ت‬...
  • Page 721 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٦ ‫ت‬ ‫ام ا‬ ) ‫ة‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ء ا‬ ٢٢٩ ......‫ا‬ ‫و‬ - ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬...
  • Page 722 ٥ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ — FAMCAM ‫م‬ Side Distance Warning System ‫ف/ ء ا‬ ‫ )ا‬Stop/Start ‫م‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫إذا آ‬ ١٧٧ ....١٤٤...
  • Page 723 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٤ ١٢٩ ......‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ١١٦ ... . . ‫ن...
  • Page 724 ٣ ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٧٦ ......‫ا‬ Headlight Illumination On Approach ٥٥ .. ‫ة‬ ‫- إذا آ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دوا...
  • Page 725 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٢ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا اآ - إذا آ‬ ‫إ ادات ا اآ ة‬ ٢٧ . ‫ودة‬ ‫رة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫رة - إذا آ‬ ‫م أ ن ا‬ ‫ّ ودة‬ ٣٦ ......‫م‬...
  • Page 726 ‫ت‬ ‫ول ا‬ ٩ ..................١٨...
  • Page 728 2024 GRAND WAGONEER / WAGONEER First Edition / ©2023 FCA US LLC. All Rights Reserved. Wagoneer is a registered trademark of FCA US LLC. App Store is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. Google Play Store is a registered trademark of Google. 24_WS_OM_ENA_MEA .Google ‫...

This manual is also suitable for:

Grand wagoneer 2024

Table of Contents